Use these links to rapidly review the documentTABLE OF CONTENTS INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Luxoft Holding, Inc Consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents





UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F

(Mark One)o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


Date of event requiring this shell company report....................................

For the transition period
from                    to

Commission File Number

LOGO

LUXOFT HOLDING, INC(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

British Virgin Islands(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Luxoft Holding, Inc
Akara Building
24 De Castro Street
Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town
Tortola, British Virgin Islands(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities
registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registeredClass A Ordinary Shares with no par value

New York Stock Exchange


Securities
registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None

Securities
for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:None

Indicate
the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of March 31, 2014:32,758,535 Class A and Class B
ordinary shares with no par value

Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act

Yes o    No ý

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o    No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.

Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and
posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to submit and post such files)

Yes o    No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer ý


Indicate
by check mark basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ý

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board o

Other o


If
"Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 o    Item 18 o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes o    No ý



---





Table of Contents

PRELIMINARY NOTES

Terms

As used herein, and unless the context suggests otherwise, the terms "Luxoft," "Company," "we," "us" or "our" refer to Luxoft Holding,
Inc and its direct and consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise stated or indicated by context. We define Central and Eastern Europe ("CEE") to include Albania, Belarus, Bosnia-Herzegovina,
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Moldova, Montenegro, Kosovo, Poland, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia and Ukraine.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

In addition to historical facts, this annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the safe
harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We make forward-looking statements in this annual report that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These
forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business and financial condition, as well as the results of operations, liquidity, plans and objectives.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "believe," "may," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "should," "plan," "expect," "predict," "potential,"
or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:



2

---



Table of Contents



The
preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and
expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about
future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or
achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These statements may be found in the sections of this annual report on Form 20-F entitled "ITEM 3. Key
InformationRisk Factors," "ITEM 4. Information about Luxoft," "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," "ITEM 10. Additional
InformationTaxationUnited States Federal Income TaxationPassive Foreign Investment Company Considerations" and elsewhere in this annual report, including the
section of this annual report entitled "ITEM 4. Information about LuxoftBusiness OverviewOverview" and "ITEM 4. Information about LuxoftBusiness
OverviewIndustry Background," which contain information obtained from independent industry sources. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements due to various factors, including all the risks discussed in "ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report.

You
should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward- looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee that future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or will occur. Except as
required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this annual report to conform these statements to actual results or to
changes in our expectations.

Industry Data and Other Information

This annual report includes data, forecasts and information obtained from industry publications and surveys and other information
available to us. Forecasts and other metrics included in this annual report to describe our industry are inherently uncertain and speculative in nature and actual results for any period may materially
differ. Estimates and forecasts involve uncertainties and risks and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed above and in "ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk
Factors" in this annual report.

The
Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the "Gartner Report(s)") represent(s) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by
Gartner, Inc. ("Gartner"), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this annual report) and the opinions
expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

Unless
stated otherwise, third party data in this annual report consists of:



3

---



Table of Contents



Throughout
this annual report, we refer to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in our business. "Luxoft" is our registered trademark. We also have several other
registered trademarks, service marks and pending applications relating to our products and services, including without limitation, our proprietary software product, Luxoft Horizon Visualization
Framework ("Horizon"). Other trademarks and service marks appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective holders.

4

---





Table of Contents



TABLE OF CONTENTS



PART IITEM 3: Key Information


6Selected Financial Data


6Capitalization and Indebtedness


9Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds


9Risk Factors


9ITEM 4: Information about Luxoft


44History and Development of Luxoft


44Business Overview


44Organizational Structure


72Property, Plants and Equipment


72ITEM 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects


73Operating Results


73Liquidity and Capital Resources


88Research and Development, Patents and Licenses


99Trend Information


99Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements


99Contractual Obligations


99ITEM 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees


100Compensation


103Board Practices


103Employees


110Share Ownership


111ITEM 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions


111Major Shareholders


111Related Party Transactions


113ITEM 8: Financial Information


116Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information


116Significant Changes


117ITEM 9: The Offer and Listing


117Offer and Listing Details


117Markets


118ITEM 10: Additional Information


118Memorandum and Articles of Association


118Material Contracts


127Exchange Controls


129Taxation


130Documents on Display


134ITEM 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk


135PART IIITEM 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of
Proceed


136ITEM 15: Controls and Procedures


136ITEM 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert


136ITEM 16B: Code of Ethics


137ITEM 16C: Principal Accountant Fees and Services


137ITEM 16F: Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant


138ITEM 16G: Corporate Governance


138PART IIIITEM 17: Financial Statements


138ITEM 18: Financial Statements


138ITEM 19: Exhibits


138


5

---





Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 3:    Key Information

A.  Selected Financial Data

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and
our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. We have derived the consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for
the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in "ITEM
18. Financial Statements," which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. We have derived the consolidated statements of comprehensive
income for the years ended March 31, 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included
in this annual report. Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

6

---



Table of Contents

For the years ended March 31,2011

2012

2013

2014(In thousands of US dollars, except share and per share amounts)Consolidated statements of comprehensive income:Sales of services

$
198,368

$
271,142

$
314,596

$
398,331Operating expensesCost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)


109,996


157,004


185,557


229,537Selling, general and administrative expenses


51,039


64,720


76,911


95,946Depreciation and amortization


6,344


7,742


8,981


12,944Loss from revaluation of contingent liability











922Operating income


30,989


41,676


43,147


58,982​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other income and expensesInterest expense, net


(3,522
)

(2,151
)

(1,277
)

(1,508
)Other gain (loss), net


(320
)

170


(1
)

557Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange contract


529


886


(621
)

(1,134
)Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)


914


(1,263
)

(66
)

(961
)Income before income taxes


28,590


39,318


41,182


55,936​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income tax expense


(2,043
)

(3,210
)

(3,645
)

(4,706
)Income from continuing operations


26,547


36,108


37,537


51,230​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income/(loss) from discontinued operations


(664
)

80





Net income

$
25,883

$
36,188

$
37,537

$
51,230​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest


1


62





Net income attributable to the Group

$
25,884

$
36,250

$
37,537

$
51,230​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other comprehensive income, net of taxForeign currency translation adjustment


15


(879
)

(1,514
)

1,118Comprehensive income attributable to the Group

$
25,899

$
35,371

$
36,023

$
52,348​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Actual net income per ordinary share and pro forma per Class A and Class B ordinary shares:Basic

$
0.89

$
1.23

$
1.27

$
1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Diluted

$
0.88

$
1.22

$
1.24

$
1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Actual weighted average number of Class A and Class B ordinary sharesBasic


28,621,824


29,286,348


29,662,696


32,129,355​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Diluted


29,506,708


29,734,292


30,235,884


32,242,488​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Dividends declared per share

$


$
0.14

$
0.91

$
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


7

---



Table of Contents



As of March 31,2011

2012

2013

2014(in thousands)Consolidated Statements of Financial Positions DataCash and cash equivalents

$
8,607

$
6,846

$
4,499

$
37,503Work-in-progress


1,298


3,897


3,478


4,720Working capital(2)


12,741


41,853


46,662


65,682Total assets


101,794


123,264


155,222


217,697Total borrowings(3)


13,079


10,814


16,765


20,582Total liabilities


56,734


42,497


59,927


68,080Total equity

$
45,060

$
80,767

$
95,295

$
149,617




Year ended March 31,2011

2012

2013

2014(in thousands)Supplemental financial metricsAdjusted net income(4)

$
28,160

$
39,716

$
44,284

$
56,134


(1)SeeNote 17to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report
for an explanation of the number of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share.(2)Working
capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities, adjusted for net IPO proceeds of $31,036.(3)Includes
short term and long term borrowings, loans from related parties and capital lease obligations.(4)Adjusted
net income is a non-GAAP measure and is net income from continuing operations before share-based compensation, amortization of fair value
adjustments to intangible assets and impairment thereof and other acquisition related costs that may include change in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities. We present adjusted net
income as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company. Adjusted net income should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of comprehensive income items prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of our performance. We use
adjusted net income as a measure of operating performance because it assists us in comparing performance on a consistent basis, as it removes from our operating results the impact of share-based
compensation expense, amortization of fair value adjustment to intangible assets and change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, which is a non-cash item. In addition, adjusted net
income, as presented in this annual report, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other


8

---



Table of Contents

companies
due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated. A reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income from continuing operations is set forth in the table below.


Year ended March 31,2011

2012

2013

2014(in thousands)Reconciliation of adjusted net income:Income from continuing operations

$
26,547

$
36,108

$
37,537

$
51,230Share-based compensation


1,313


2,246


5,460


1,418Amortization of purchased intangible assets


300


1,362


1,287


2,564Loss from revaluation of contingent liability











922​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Adjusted net income

$
28,160

$
39,716

$
44,284

$
56,134​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




9

---



Table of Contents

If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and other conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan
for or respond to those changes, and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Rapid growth may strain our limited resources, and a failure to manage this growth could have a material adverse effect on the quality of our services and client support.

We have recently experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our business. Our sales of services grew from
$198.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2011 to $314.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. For the year ended March 31, 2014, our sales of services were
$398.3 million. As of March 31, 2014, we had 7,519 personnel, as compared to 5,846 personnel as of March 31, 2013. Our rapid growth has placed, and we expect it to continue to
place, significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. In addition, we recently announced a multi-year Global Upgrade Program, which among other
things, is expected to result in our expansion in Central Europe and potentially into new markets. Continued expansion increases the challenges we face in offering our services in the following
areas:



If
we are unable to manage our rapid growth efficiently, or if we are unable to implement our Global Upgrade Program successfully or timely, it could have a material adverse effect on
the quality of our services and client support, and therefore on our productivity and results of operations.

We generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any
significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We are dependent on our key clients for a significant portion of our sales of services. Our largest clients, Deutsche Bank and UBS,
accounted, in the aggregate, for 47.3%, 47.0% and 52.0% of our sales of services in the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. In the aggregate, our ten largest clients
accounted for 82.6%, 81.2% and 81.7% of our sales of services in the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Our
ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. We have entered into framework agreements
with each of our key
clients, including Deutsche Bank, UBS and Boeing, which govern substantially all of our arrangements for the provision of services to such clients. These agreements, however, do not grant us any
exclusivity and do not contain any minimum service conditions. Further, though our framework agreements with Deutsche Bank, UBS and Boeing provide for compensation for any services already rendered by
us in the case of early termination, they may be terminated by Deutsche Bank, UBS and Boeing, respectively, generally upon prior written notice of between one and six months without any penalty. In
addition, Deutsche Bank may terminate any or all of the individual service contracts governed by the master framework agreement if the master framework agreement is terminated for cause or for any
other reason. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance that we will succeed in maintaining or growing our business with sales of services from our largest clients.

10

---



Table of Contents

Our
reliance on any individual client may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us as we negotiate contracts and terms of service. In addition, a number of other
factors outside of our control could cause the loss of or reduction in business or sales of services from any client, and these factors are not predictable. These factors may include, among others, a
client's corporate restructuring or insolvency, pricing pressure or changes to its outsourcing strategy. A client may decide to reduce spending on technology services or sourcing from us, or shift
such spending to one of our competitors, due to a challenging economic environment or other internal or external factors relating to its business. For example, in 2008, one of our ten largest clients
at the time, Nortel, filed for bankruptcy. As a result of this action, not only were we unable to continue our relationship with Nortel, but we were unable to collect unpaid receivables for a portion
of the work we had done for this client.

Furthermore,
as we increase the amount of services we offer to our biggest clients and as our services account for a larger portion of our clients' budgets on IT services, we run the
risk of approaching our clients' maximum budget allowance for spending on IT services. If our clients are unable or unwilling to devote more of their IT budget to paying for our services, or if our
clients are unable or unwilling to devote more of their overall budget to IT services, we risk being unable to increase our sales of services from each of these clients. Likewise, as we expand our
product offerings to clients, we may run the risk of approaching our clients' maximum budget allowance for software spending.

The
loss of any of our major clients, or a significant decrease in the volume of work they outsource to us or the price at which we sell our services to them, could materially adversely
affect our sales of services and thus our results of operations.

We derive a large portion of our sales of services, and expect that we will derive a large portion of our sales of products, from clients who operate in a limited number of
industries.

We derive a large portion of our sales of services from clients who operate in a limited number of industries. In the year ended
March 31, 2014, we derived 59.9%, 11.3% and 9.3% of our sales of services from clients operating in the financial services, automotive and transport, and travel and aviation industries,
respectively. Furthermore, we anticipate our product sales will be largely to clients in the same industries. Our business and growth depend to a large extent on continued demand for our services from
clients and potential clients in these industries. Demand for our services and products in general, as well as in any industry specifically, could be affected by multiple factors outside of our
control, including a decrease in growth or growth prospects of the industry, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to outsource technological applications and software development services generally, or
consolidation within the industry. Furthermore, clients in affected regions could terminate their contracts with us, generally by giving between 30 days and six months' notice, or choose not to
renew their contracts with us. In addition, serving a major client within a particular industry may limit our ability to enter into engagements with competitors of that client, and certain of our
client contracts prohibit certain of our employees from working on engagements with our clients' competitors. Many of these industries are also experiencing vendor consolidation, which may limit our
ability to gain new clients or keep existing clients as the procurement department of potential and existing clients limit the number of vendors from which they are willing to buy services. Any
significant decrease in demand for our services by clients in these industries, or other industries from which we derive significant sales of services in the future, may have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations.

In
particular, an economic slowdown or financial crisis could result in decreased IT spending by institutions in the financial services industry. Many such institutions may reduce their
IT spending, delay planned projects or both. As a result, it may make it more difficult to obtain new clients, sell our services and products or maintain the current level of demand from our existing
clients in this industry.

11

---



Table of Contents

Because
the financial services industry is our largest vertical, such a slowdown could materially affect our revenues and thus our results of operations.

In
addition, the large sovereign debts and/or fiscal deficits of a number of European countries and the U.S. have raised concerns regarding the financial condition of financial
institutions, insurers and other corporations:



The
default, or a significant decline in the credit rating, of one or more sovereigns or financial institutions could cause severe stress in the financial system generally and could
adversely affect the businesses and economic condition and prospects of our clients (some of the largest of which are European banks), counterparties, suppliers or creditors, directly or indirectly,
in ways difficult to predict. The impact of these conditions could be detrimental to us and could materially adversely affect our business, operations and profitability.

We operate in a highly competitive environment and may not be able to compete successfully.

The IT industry in general, and the software development market in particular, is highly competitive, and we expect competition not
only to persist but also to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are the quality of the services offered, breadth and depth of service offerings, reputation and
track record, industry expertise, effective personnel recruiting, training and retention, marketing and sales skills, scalability of infrastructure, and ability to address clients' timing requirements
and price.

We
face competition from offshore technology service providers in outsourcing destinations with low wage costs such as India, as well as competition from large global consulting and
outsourcing firms and in-house IT departments of large corporations. Once we begin introducing new products for commercial resale and licensing, we will face competition from software product
companies, such as QlikView and Red Hat. There is no assurance that we will not face additional competition from new market entrants. We do not enter into exclusive services arrangements with any of
our clients, and as a result, our sales of services could suffer to the extent that clients could obtain services from other competing application and software engineering outsourcing services.
Clients may prefer application and software engineering outsourcing services that have more locations or that are based in countries that are more cost-competitive or more politically and economically
stable than the countries in which we operate.

Some
of our current and potential competitors may benefit from substantially greater financial, marketing, or technical resources. Our current and potential competitors may also be able
to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources towards the development, promotion and sale of their services than we
can; and may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address client needs. We cannot give any
assurance that we will be able to retain our clients while competing against such competitors. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures and resulting loss of
clients could materially adversely affect our business.

12

---



Table of Contents

Our future revenue growth depends in part on our ability to successfully introduce new products.

The software industry is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and frequent new product
introductions. As we continue to grow our business, we plan to introduce new products for resale and licensing. In order for our products to be commercially viable, either through direct sales or
through licensing agreements, they must meet changing client needs and offer our clients unique benefits. We have limited experience to date in developing products for resale and licensing, and have
not generated significant revenues from the sale of products. We may not be able to successfully introduce our products to the market. If we are not able to develop and clearly demonstrate the value
of our products to our clients, the growth of our revenues may be harmed. Even if we are able to attract clients for our product offerings, the amount of revenue that we derive from our product sales
may be smaller than what we forecast. As new products are continually being released, it is difficult to predict the amount of usage each of our products will receive before it becomes obsolete.
Therefore, we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, upgrade and maintenance of such product offerings. If we are slow to develop products, of if our competitors are able
to achieve those results more quickly than we, we will fail to capture a significant share of the software product market. If we misjudge client needs in the future, our new product offerings may not
succeed and our revenues may be harmed. Because these new initiatives are inherently risky, they may not be successful and may harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our computer networks may be vulnerable to security risks that could disrupt our services and cause us to incur losses or liabilities that could adversely affect our
business.

Our computer networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, worms, malicious applications and
other security problems caused by unauthorized access to, or improper use of, systems by third parties or employees. A hacker who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary
information, including personally identifiable information, or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we intend to continue to implement security measures, computer attacks or
disruptions may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems. Actual or perceived concerns that our systems may be vulnerable to such attacks or
disruptions may deter our clients from using our solutions or services. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to
alleviate problems caused by these breaches.

Data
networks are also vulnerable to attacks, unauthorized access and disruptions. For example, in a number of public networks, hackers have bypassed firewalls and misappropriated
confidential information, including personally identifiable information. It is possible that, despite existing safeguards, an employee could misappropriate our clients' proprietary information or
data, exposing us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. Losses or liabilities that are incurred as a result of any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business.

If we cause disruptions to our clients' businesses or provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us, which could cause us to
lose clients, have a negative effect on our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

Many of our engagements involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients' businesses and provide benefits to our
clients that may be difficult to quantify. Our software development services involve a high degree of technological complexity and have unique specifications, and could contain design defects or
software errors that our quality assurance procedure may fail to detect and correct.

Errors
or defects may result in the loss of current clients, failure to attract new clients, diversion of development resources and an increase in support or service costs. Furthermore,
any failure in a client's

13

---



Table of Contents

system
or any breach of security could disrupt the client's business and could result in a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure, if such failure
is caused by a breach of our contract obligations upon agreements with clients. In addition, any such failures or errors could seriously damage our reputation and materially affect our ability to
attract new business.

Most
of our contracts contain limitations on liability capped at between six months and one year of payments under the contract, or at the full service contract price; and many of our
contracts disclaim any warranties of merchantability and sell our services "as-is." However, not all client contracts contain liability caps, and these limitations on liability may not apply in all
circumstances, may be unenforceable in some cases, or may be insufficient to protect us from liability for damages, direct or consequential. Any substantial liability that we incur as a result of any
of the above could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our insurance may be inadequate to protect us against our losses.

Although we believe our insurance coverage is customary for the jurisdictions in which we operate, insurance for our operations in CEE
does not cover all the risks that a company of a similar size and nature operating in a more economically developed country would insure. For example, we do not have coverage for business interruption
or loss of key management personnel. In addition, we only have limited product liability insurance. We do not maintain separate funds or otherwise set aside reserves to cover such losses or
third-party claims. Thus, if any such uninsured event were to occur, we might incur substantial costs and diversion of resources, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.

Our success depends on our ability to continue to attract new personnel, and retain and motivate our existing personnel.

Our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new business is critical to our success and will largely depend on
our ability to attract, train and retain skilled professionals, including experienced IT professionals and other professionals, which enables us to keep pace with growing demands for outsourcing,
evolving industry standards and changing client preferences.

We
believe that one of the key factors that distinguishes us from many of our competitors is the quality and educational level of our work force. For example, as of March 31,
2014, over 80% of our software
and IT professionals held Master's degrees (or Master's degree equivalents in certain jurisdictions) or higher. Because our business model does not provide for the hiring and training of a large
number of junior personnel, we must depend on lateral hires to provide us with skilled professionals. Competition for skilled professionals in the markets in which we operate can be intense and,
accordingly, we may not be able to retain or hire all of the professionals necessary to meet our ongoing and future business needs. If our competitors are able to increase the educational level of
their work force, or if clients and prospective clients become more price sensitive and choose lower-cost suppliers that have a cheaper labor force, we may lose our competitive advantage
notwithstanding the relatively high educational level of our work force. In addition, any reductions in headcount for economic or business reasons, however temporary, could negatively affect our
reputation as an employer and our ability to hire qualified professionals to meet our business requirements.

Our
attrition rates were 12.7%, 12.9% and 9.9% for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. This recent decrease in attrition was due to a series of internal
measures, such as the implementation of our Internal Mobility program, which facilitates transfers by our employees between different offices or industry verticals, as well as accelerated overall
demand for our services. Our attrition rate decreased during the year ended March 31, 2014 due to the success of our Internal Mobility program and other initiatives aimed at retention and
motivation of our staff. We define attrition as the total number of personnel with more than six months of work experience in the

14

---



Table of Contents

company,
who have left the company during the reporting period, divided by the total number of personnel at the end of the reporting period, net of employees who have left on the last day of the
period. We believe that our competitors calculate attrition based on the same principles, although their methodology may differ slightly from ours. While we have adopted a number of programs aimed at
managing our attrition rate, we may encounter higher attrition rates in the future. A significant increase in the attrition rate among professionals with specialized skills could decrease our
operating efficiency and productivity and could lead to a decline in demand for our services. The competition for highly-skilled professionals may require us to increase salaries, and we may be unable
to pass on these increased costs to our clients. These factors may, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations. Our failure to attract, train and retain
professionals with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients could materially adversely affect our ability to provide high quality services to our clients.

Wage inflation in countries where our delivery centers are located may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We operate delivery centers in Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland and Vietnam where wage costs have historically been significantly lower
than wage costs in the U.S. and Western Europe for comparably skilled professionals. Wages are our most significant operating expense
and wage increases in these countries may prevent us from sustaining this competitive advantage internationally and may negatively affect our profitability. According to Russian Federal State
Statistics Service ("Rosstat"), the State Statistics Service of Ukraine, and the Romanian National Institute of Statistics, wage inflation (or deflation) in Russia, Ukraine and Romania, where we have
the majority of our employees, for the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately 6.5%, 0.5% and 1.6%, respectively. Russia and Ukraine use inflation as measured by the consumer price
index, as a proxy for wage inflation in official statistics. However, we believe that wage inflation for the IT industry can be significantly higher than overall wage inflation within each of these
countries. We may need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive, and we may not be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients.
Unless we are able to continue to increase the efficiency and productivity of our employees as well as the prices we can charge for our services, wage inflation may materially adversely affect our
financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and increased inflation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct business in multiple countries, which expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the
year ended March 31, 2014, 65.0% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars and 23.7% were denominated in Euros, and 31.1% of our expenses (excluding currency losses and changes in deferred
tax) were denominated in Rubles, respectively. As a result, strengthening of the Ruble relative to the U.S. dollar presents the most significant risk to us. The Ruble to U.S. dollar and Euro exchange
rates has been volatile in the past few years as a result of instability of the global financial markets. Any further significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates may impact our business
significantly.

In
addition, economies in CEE countries such as Russia, Ukraine and Romania have periodically experienced high rates of inflation. According to the Rosstat, the State Statistics Service
of Ukraine, and the Romanian National Institute of Statistics, the inflation rate, as measured by the consumer price index, was as follows:



15

---



Table of Contents



Periods
of higher inflation may slow economic growth in those countries. As a substantial portion of our expenses (excluding currency losses and changes in deferred tax) are denominated
in Rubles, the relative movement of inflation significantly affects our results of operations. Inflation also is likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, including wages, rents, leases and
employee benefit payments, which we may not be able to pass on to our clients and, as a result, may reduce our profitability. To the extent inflation causes these costs to increase, such inflation may
materially adversely affect our business. Inflationary pressures could also affect our ability to access financial markets and lead to counter-inflationary measures that may harm our financial
condition, results of operations or materially adversely affect the market price of our securities.

Our competitive position and future prospects depend on our senior management's expertise, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

Our business is dependent on retaining the services of certain key members of the management team who have extensive experience in the
IT industry. If a key member of the management team is unable or unwilling to continue in his or her present position, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace such
a person easily, or at all. In addition, the number of qualified managerial personnel in the primary jurisdictions in which we operate is limited and competition for the services of such persons in
our industry is intense. While we have entered into employment contracts with our senior managers and have provided incentives for them to remain with us, including monetary bonuses and share-based
compensation, we cannot guarantee the retention of their services. We currently do not maintain insurance against any damage that may be incurred in case of the loss or dismissal of our key
specialists or managers. The loss of any key management may have an adverse effect on our business.

If
any of our senior management or key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key technology professionals and
staff members to them. Also, if any of our business development managers, who generally keep a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose
clients, and our sales of services may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, such movement by senior management could result in unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge,
practices or procedures, which may materially adversely affect our competitive position and, consequently, our business.

Our ability to generate and retain business depends on our reputation in the marketplace.

Because many of our specific client engagements involve unique services, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our
clients' evaluation of whether to engage our services. We believe the Luxoft brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our
competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented employees. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former
clients, competitors, vendors, employees and adversaries, as well as government regulators, in legal proceedings or otherwise and members of the investment community and the media, irrespective of the
accuracy of the information on which such actions or statements are based. There is a risk that negative information about us, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect
our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements and could
materially adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the

16

---



Table of Contents

value
and effectiveness of the Luxoft brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us. Our inability to generate or retain business as a result of damage to our reputation could materially
adversely affect our business.

If we do not succeed in quickly assimilating new technologies and rapidly changing technologies, methodologies and evolving industry standards, our business may be
materially and adversely affected.

The IT industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology, methodologies and evolving industry standards. Our clients
rely on us to continue to anticipate and provide them with the most innovative technologies on the market. Our future success will to a large extent depend on our ability to quickly acquire and
assimilate cutting edge technologies, which we can then use to develop our clients' systems. Development and introduction of new services and products involves a significant commitment of time and
resources and is subject to a number of risks and challenges, including:



We
may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a timely manner, or if we do respond, the services, technologies or methodologies we develop or implement
may not be successful in the marketplace. Further, products, services, technologies or methodologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services and products non-competitive or
obsolete. Our failure to enhance our existing services and to develop and introduce new services and products in line with the developments in technology, methodologies and standards in the IT
industry that will promptly address the needs of our clients could cause us to lose clients, and materially adversely affect our business.

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to manage large and complex projects and complete fixed price, fixed-timeframe contracts on budget and on time.

Our profitability and operating results are dependent on the scale of our projects and the prices we are able to charge for our
services. We are performing an increasing percentage of our work through fixed price contracts, in which we assume full control of the project team, including the project manager, lead analyst and
lead architect, and manage all facets of execution. As we take on more sophisticated projects, while simultaneously shifting more engagements to a fixed price model, we may be unable to accurately
estimate the appropriate project price and successfully manage large and complex projects. Although we use specified technical processes and our past project experience to reduce the risks associated
with estimating, planning and performing fixed price and fixed-timeframe projects, we face the risk of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these projects. Pricing
projects on a fixed price basis is a relatively new
model for our business, so we have less experience in pricing projects on this basis. If we fail to accurately estimate the resources and time required for a project or future rates of wage inflation,
or if we fail to perform contractual obligations within the contractual timeframe, our profitability could suffer.

17

---



Table of Contents

The challenges of managing larger and more complex projects include:



In
addition, large and complex projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or
delay additional planned engagements. Such cancellations or delays may make it difficult to plan our project resource requirements, and may result in lower profitability levels than we anticipated
upon commencing engagements.

Our profitability could suffer if we fail to maintain favorable pricing for our projects.

The pricing of our services is affected by a number of factors, including:



If
we are not able to maintain favorable pricing for our services, our profitability could suffer.

If we are unable to collect our receivables from, or bill our unbilled services to our clients, our results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely
affected.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We
usually bill and collect such amounts on relatively short cycles. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate
and, as a result, we might need to adjust our allowances. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Weak macroeconomic conditions and related turmoil in
the global financial system could also result in financial difficulties, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency, or bankruptcy for our clients, and, as a result, could cause
clients to delay payments, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations. In addition, some of our clients
may delay payments due to changes in internal payment procedures driven by rules and regulations these clients are subject to. Timely collection of client balances also depends on our ability to
complete our contractual commitments and bill and collect our contracted sales of services. If we are unable to meet our contractual requirements and if we experience an increase in the time to bill
and collect for our services, we might be unable to collect our client balances or experience delays in collection. If this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be materially
adversely affected.

18

---



Table of Contents

Our sales of services, operating results or profitability may experience significant variability and our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our
operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Factors
that are likely to cause these variations include:



Based
upon all of the factors described above, our operating results may from time to time fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors.

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant share-based compensation expenses which could adversely impact our net income.

We have granted options under our stock option plan, as a result of which we have recorded $2.2 million, $5.5 million and
$1.4 million in share-based compensation expenses for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

U.S. GAAP
prescribes how we account for share-based compensation. U.S. GAAP requires us to recognize share-based compensation as a compensation expense in the statement of
comprehensive income generally based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with the

19

---



Table of Contents

compensation
expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. Such expenses could adversely impact our results of operations
or the price of our Class A ordinary shares. While in the past we recorded significant share-based compensation expenses, if we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity
awards we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we adopt additional equity
incentive plans in the future in order to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with such additional equity awards could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We may be subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement that could be time-consuming and costly to defend.

Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services, which might also
require us to utilize the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. All intellectual property ("IP") rights created by our employees
and contractors are transferred to us subject to local laws and regulations. Typically, we transfer to our clients all of the intellectual property rights to the software we develop for them within
the scope of our custom software development and software engineering arrangement, without retaining any rights for ourselves. In developing software for our clients we use third-party environment
software under separate license agreements, or, if requested by clients, we may incorporate third-party software into our software development for them. In these cases, we acquire all necessary
licenses for such software once we reach a preliminary agreement with our clients.

Although
there are no material pending or threatened intellectual property claims against us as of the date of this annual report, and we believe that our intellectual property rights do
not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, infringement claims may be asserted against us in the future. For example, we may be unaware of intellectual property registrations or
applications relating to our services that may give rise to potential infringement claims against us. Our contracts may be deemed to result in the assignment to our clients of the rights to any
developments or improvements in our proprietary delivery platform, software development tools, or residual know-how developed by us during the course of our engagements. Such an interpretation may
give rise to a potential claim that our product improvements or residual know-how were previously assigned to our client and can no longer be used by us on behalf of ourselves or other clients, or
subject us to liability for infringement of our client's intellectual property rights. There may also be technologies licensed to and relied on by us that are subject to infringement or other
corresponding allegations or claims by third parties which may damage our ability to rely on such technologies.

Further,
our current and former employees and/or contractors could challenge our exclusive rights in the software they have developed in the course of their employment or engagement. In
Russia and certain other countries in which we operate, (a) where intellectual property was created by an employee of a company as part of their employment relationship, the respective employee
retains authorship of such intellectual property, while the employer, unless otherwise provided in the employment agreement, is deemed to own the exclusive rights to such intellectual property, and
(b) where an engaged specialized contractor creates the intellectual property by contract with the client, the latter is by default the holder of exclusive rights to such intellectual property,
unless the contract provides otherwise. However, in either case, the authors, regardless of whether they were employees of the company or of any of its contractors (as the case may be), may retain
authorship and should be paid consideration for the intellectual property work performed. In the case of intellectual property work created by an employee during his/her employment, the employer may
be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use or dispose of such intellectual property. While we
believe that we have complied with all such requirements, and have fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights, to the extent permitted by law, to software developed by our employees
and contractors, courts have been inconsistent in their approach to enforcing such applicable legal

20

---



Table of Contents

requirements.
As a result, there can be no guarantee that we would be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former employees or contractors challenging our exclusive rights over
the use and transfer of works that the respective employees and contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works.

Parties
making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology containing the allegedly infringing intellectual
property.

We
may also be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. Furthermore, most of our client
contracts require us to indemnify the client in these circumstances for any damages and expenses the client incurs in defending any such claims by third parties, and we may be required to indemnify
the client even if the claim by the third party against our client is without merit or is dismissed.

If
we fail to defend ourselves and our clients against such claims, our reputation as well as our financial condition may be adversely affected.

We may not be successful in protecting our intellectual property rights, including our unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets, or in avoiding claims that we
infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.

We rely on unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets and employ commercially reasonable methods, including confidentiality
agreements with employees and consultants, to protect our know-how and trade secrets. However, these methods and our patents and trademarks may not afford complete protection and there can be no
assurance that others will not independently develop the know-how and trade secrets or develop better production methods than us. Further, we may not be able to deter current and former employees,
contractors and other parties from breaching confidentiality agreements and misappropriating proprietary information and it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our
information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. Additionally, in the future we may develop and license trade secrets and similar
proprietary rights to third parties. While
we attempt to ensure that our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights are protected when entering into business relationships, third parties may take actions that could materially and
adversely affect our rights or the value of our intellectual property, similar proprietary rights or reputation. In the future, we may also rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property
rights and contractual rights and, if not successful, we may not be able to protect the value of our intellectual property. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that we will not be subject to claims
asserting the infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties seeking damages, the payment of royalties or licensing fees and/or injunctions against the sale of our products. Any
litigation could be protracted and costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations regardless of its outcome.

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by violations of intellectual property rights and the disclosure of other confidential information, system failures,
errors or unsatisfactory performance of services, and our insurance policies may not be sufficient to cover these damages.

We often have access to sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information. The protection of
our clients' intellectual property rights and other confidential information, including personally identifiable information of our clients, is particularly important for us since our operations are
mainly based in CEE countries. CEE countries have not traditionally enforced intellectual property protection to the same extent as countries such as the United States. To protect proprietary
information and other intellectual property, we require our

21

---



Table of Contents

employees,
independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements with us.

Despite
measures we take to protect the intellectual property and other confidential information or personally identifiable information of our clients, unauthorized parties, including
our employees and subcontractors, may attempt to misappropriate certain intellectual property rights that are proprietary to our clients or otherwise breach our clients' confidences. The agreements we
enter into with employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients may not provide meaningful protection for trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any
unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive. The
steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our and our clients' proprietary technology. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our and our
clients' proprietary technologies, tools and applications could enable third parties to benefit from our or our clients' technologies, tools and applications without paying us for doing so.
Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information, or a violation of intellectual property rights, whether through employee
misconduct, breach of our computer systems,
systems failure or otherwise, may subject us to liabilities, damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.

Our
client contracts generally provide for indemnity for intellectual property infringements of third party rights that arise from our breach under such contracts. Although we attempt to
limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, and provide limitation of liabilities for amount of such liabilities, typically to one year's payment under the
relevant agreement, these limitations on liability may not apply in all circumstances, and may be unenforceable in some cases, or may be insufficient to protect us from liability for damages. There
may be instances when liabilities for damages are greater than the insurance coverage we hold and we will have to internalize those losses, damages and liabilities not covered by our insurance.
Furthermore, if any third party brings any claims against our clients, claiming that our work product or intellectual property transferred to our clients violates, or infringes upon such third party's
IP rights, any such claims could result in claims by our clients against us, which could result in the loss of such client, could seriously damage our reputation, could result in other clients
terminating their engagements with us and could make it more difficult to obtain new clients.

If we fail to integrate or manage acquired businesses efficiently, or if the acquired companies are difficult to integrate, divert management resources or do not perform to
our expectations, we may not be able to realize the benefits envisioned for such acquisitions, and our overall profitability and growth plans could be materially adversely affected.

On occasion we have expanded our service capabilities and gained new clients through selective acquisitions. We plan to continue making
selective acquisitions in the future. Our ability to successfully integrate an acquired business and realize the benefits of an acquisition requires, among other things, successful integration of
technologies, operations and personnel. Challenges we face in the acquisition and integration process include:



22

---



Table of Contents



In
addition, the primary value of many potential acquisition targets in the IT services industry lies in their skilled IT professionals and established client relationships.
Transitioning these types of assets to our business can be particularly difficult due to different corporate cultures and values, geographic distance and other intangible factors. For example, some
newly acquired employees may decide not to work with us or to leave shortly after their move to our company and some acquired clients may decide to discontinue their commercial relationships with us.
These challenges could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses, including causing us to incur one-time expenses and write-offs, and make it more
difficult and complex for our management to effectively manage our operations. If we are not able to successfully integrate an acquired business and its operations and to realize the benefits
envisioned for such acquisition, our overall growth and profitability plans may be adversely affected.

Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our results of operations and require increased time and attention from our
management.

We have operations in a number of jurisdictions, including Russia, Ukraine, Romania, the U.S., the U.K., Poland and Vietnam, and we
serve clients across North America, Europe and Asia. As a result, we may be subject to risks inherently associated with international operations. Our global operations expose us to numerous and
sometimes conflicting legal, tax and regulatory requirements, and violations or unfavorable interpretation by the respective authorities of these regulations could harm our business.

Additional
risks associated with international operations include difficulties in enforcing contractual rights, the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and
potentially adverse tax consequences, including permanent establishment and transfer pricing issues, tariffs, quotas and other barriers and potential difficulties in collecting accounts receivable. In
addition, we may face competition
in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations. Additionally, such companies may have long-standing or
well-established relationships with desired clients, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing
operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. Our

23

---



Table of Contents

international
expansion plans may not be successful and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries. We cannot ensure that these and other factors will not impede the success of our
international expansion plans or limit our ability to compete effectively in other countries.

Our business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in the U.S. or
other countries in which our clients operate.

Concerns that offshore outsourcing has resulted in a loss of jobs and sensitive technologies and information to foreign countries have
led to negative publicity concerning outsourcing in some countries, including the United States. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform services that we offer themselves, or may be
discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers such as ourselves to avoid any negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider. As a result, our ability
to compete effectively with competitors that operate primarily out of facilities located in these countries could be harmed. In addition, anti-outsourcing legislation, if adopted, could materially
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and impair our ability to service our clients.

We depend on a limited number of key accounting personnel for the preparation of U.S. GAAP financial statements. Given the competition for such personnel some of the
key accounting personnel may leave, which could disrupt our ability to timely and accurately report U.S. GAAP financial statements.

We maintain our books and records and prepare stand-alone accounting reports for management reporting purposes, which are then
consolidated on a monthly basis, and adjusted to conform to US GAAP financial reporting on a quarterly basis. Timely and accurate US GAAP financial reporting is a challenging task,
requiring us to retain a sufficient number of U.S. GAAP-experienced accounting personnel. While we have accounting personnel with the required U.S. GAAP expertise, this still may not be
sufficient to support our rapid growth. There is strong
demand for U.S. GAAP-experienced accounting personnel in the regions in which we operate, and as such, we may not be able to effectively compete for such personnel.

In
case we are not able to retain such personnel or replace them in a timely manner, this may disrupt our ability to timely and accurately report US GAAP financial statements.

We may need additional capital, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop
or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

We believe that our current cash balances, cash flow from operations and credit facilities should be sufficient to meet our anticipated
cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or
acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain another credit facility.
The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree
to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties,
including:



24

---



Table of Contents

Financing
may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to
respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

We face risks associated with having significant resource commitments to provide services prior to realizing sales for those services.

We have a long selling cycle for our IT services (generally up to 18 months for new clients), which requires significant
investment of human resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them on the
value of our services and our ability to meet their requirements. Therefore, our selling cycle is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients'
decisions to choose alternatives to our services (such as other IT services providers or in-house resources) and the timing of our clients' budget cycles and approval processes. Our selling cycle for
new clients can be especially unpredictable. In the past, we have received sales from new clients up to six months later than expected. If our selling cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more
large projects, it would negatively affect the timing of our sales and hinder our sales growth.

Implementing
our services also involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may experience delays in obtaining
internal approvals or delays associated with technology, thereby further delaying the implementation process. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources
necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. Any significant failure to generate sales, or delays
in recognizing sales after incurring costs related to our sales or services process, could materially adversely affect our business.

Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by a number of factors.

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions, including United States, Switzerland, Russia,
Cyprus, Ukraine and Romania. Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various
jurisdictions in which we operate that have different
statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related
interest or penalties.

We
report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have certain intercompany arrangements
among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions that are subject to transfer pricing regulations of the respective
jurisdiction. U.S. transfer pricing regulations, as well as regulations applicable in CEE countries in which we operate, require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be
on arm's-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm's-length terms; however, the determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and other tax
liabilities requires estimates, judgment and calculations, and the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by
authorities in various jurisdictions.

If
a tax authority in any jurisdiction reviews any of our tax returns and proposes an adjustment and/or imposes fines and/or penalties, including, as a result of a determination, that
the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, this could have a negative impact on our financial results.

25

---



Table of Contents

We may become a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. holders.

Based on our financial statements, relevant market data, and the projected composition of our comprehensive income and valuation of our
assets, including goodwill, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for the year ending March 31, 2015, and we do not expect to become one in the future, although
there can be no assurance in this regard. If we become a PFIC, holders of our Class A ordinary shares in the U.S. may become subject to increased tax liabilities under U.S. federal income tax
laws and regulations and may become subject to burdensome reporting requirements. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our
comprehensive income and assets from time to time. Specifically, for any taxable year we will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) 75% or more of our gross
income in that taxable year is passive income or (ii) the average percentage of our assets (which includes cash) by value in that taxable year which produce or are held for the production of
passive income is at least 50%. The calculation of the value of our assets will be based, in part, on the quarterly market value of our Class A ordinary shares, which is subject to change. See
"ITEM 10. Additional InformationTaxationUnited States federal income taxation."

We have not yet determined whether our existing internal control over financial reporting is effective under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and, as an
emerging growth company, are currently not required to obtain an auditor attestation regarding our internal control.

We will be required to comply with the internal control, evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act") in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ending March 31, 2015. Accordingly, we have only recently commenced the process of
determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404. Furthermore, unless we lose our status as an "emerging growth company" under
the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 prior to the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the year during which our IPO occurred, we will not be required to obtain an
auditor attestation under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the year ending March 31, 2019 (or the last day of our fiscal year in which June 25, 2018 falls). The process
of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting will require an investment of substantial time and resources, including by our Chief Financial Officer and other members of our senior
management. As a result, this process may divert internal resources and take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and
whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to implement effective control over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring
additional costs that we did not anticipate. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of
operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees during and after the implementation of these
changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently, it could adversely affect our operations, financial
reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an qualified opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our
financial results or prevent fraud.

Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal controls over financial reporting, in place so
that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is costly, time-consuming and needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Having recently become a public company, we are in the process of
documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal

26

---



Table of Contents

controls
and procedures and eventually being subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting and, when we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. We will be
required to comply with the internal controls evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our management may conclude that our internal controls over
financial reporting are not effective due to our failure to cure any identified material weakness or otherwise. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial
reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may not conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. Although no such material weaknesses were
identified as a result of the audit of our financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2012, March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, our independent registered accounting firm
did identify a material weakness in relation to certain aspects of our internal controls in connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2011. Going
forward, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be satisfied with our internal controls over financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed,
operated or reviewed, or it may interpret the relevant requirements differently from us. As a result, such firm may decline to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial
reporting or may issue a qualified report. In addition, during the course of the evaluation, documentation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies
that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we fail to achieve
and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may be unable to report our financial
information on a timely basis, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and we may
suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of
our financial statements.

International hostilities, terrorist activities, other violence or war, natural disasters, pandemics and infrastructure disruptions, could delay or reduce the number of new
service orders we receive and impair our ability to service our clients.

Hostilities involving the United States and acts of terrorism, violence or war, such as the attacks of September 11, 2001 in the
United States, the attacks of July 7, 2005 in the United Kingdom, the Domodedevo Airport bombing on January 24, 2011 in Moscow, Russia, the continuing conflict in Afghanistan, the recent
conflicts in North Africa, current armed clashes in the eastern regions of Ukraine, natural disasters, global health risks or pandemics or the threat or perceived potential for these events could
materially adversely affect our operations and our ability to provide services to our clients. We may be unable to protect our people, facilities and systems against any such occurrences. Such events
may cause clients to delay their decisions on spending for IT services and give rise to sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose
significant risks to our people and to physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our clients, which could materially adversely affect
our financial results. By disrupting communications and travel, giving rise to travel restrictions, and increasing the difficulty of obtaining and retaining highly-skilled and qualified IT
professionals, these events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver services to some or all of our clients. Travel restrictions could cause us to incur additional unexpected labor
costs and expenses or could restrain our ability to retain the skilled IT professionals we need for our operations. In addition, any extended disruptions of electricity, other public utilities or
network services at our facilities, as well as system failures at, or security breaches in, our facilities or systems, could also adversely affect our ability to serve our clients.

27

---



Table of Contents

Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries

The current geopolitical instability in Russia and Ukraine and related government sanctions may adversely affect our operations in Russia and Ukraine, hinder our ability to
service our existing or potential clients from these countries or to conduct business with clients in these countries.

Ukraine has been undergoing heightened political turmoil since late February 2014. We cannot predict the outcome of developments there
or the reaction to such developments by U.S., European, U.N. or other international authorities. The continuation or escalation of the resulting and ongoing geopolitical instability in Russia and
Ukraine could negatively impact our operations, sales, and future growth prospects.

We
have delivery centers in Ukraine, employing over 3,100 engineers located in Kiev, Dnepropetrovsk and Odessa. We also have delivery centers in Russia, employing over 1,800 engineers
located in various cities. At present we have not experienced any interruption in our office infrastructure, utility supply or Internet connectivity. All our offices remain open and fully functional
to support our clients. Our contingency plans include relocating work or personnel to other locations and adding new locations as appropriate. We recently opened a new delivery center in Sophia,
Bulgaria. In May 2014 we launched a multi-year Global Upgrade program to implement another level of globalization across our organization and to accelerate our expansion in the EU, the U.K., Asia
Pacific and North America. As part of this program, to better support our global client base, we plan to relocate up to 500 engineers currently based in Russia and Ukraine to our CEE locations such as
Poland, Romania and Bulgaria, and we may increase the size of our Vietnam office.

We
also continue to monitor the effect of the sanctions recently imposed by the U.S. and European government authorities through several executive orders, which restrict U.S. companies
from conducting business with specified Russian and Ukrainian individuals and entities. While the executive orders currently do not affect our ability to conduct business, the sanctions imposed by the
U.S. government may be expanded in the future. If we are unable to conduct business with our existing or potential clients, continue our operations or pursue opportunities in Russia or Ukraine, as a
result of the recent geopolitical developments or the reaction to these developments by U.S., European, U.N. or other international authorities, our business, including revenue, profitability and cash
flows, could be materially adversely affected.

Emerging markets, such as CEE countries, are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, and financial turmoil in any emerging market could disrupt our business.

CEE countries are generally considered to be emerging markets. Investors in emerging markets should be aware that these markets are
subject to greater risk than more developed markets, including in some cases significant legal, economic and political risks. Investors should note that emerging markets are subject to rapid change
and that the information set out in this annual report may become outdated relatively quickly. Moreover, financial turmoil in any emerging market country tends to adversely affect prices in the equity
markets of all emerging market countries, as investors move their money to more stable, developed markets. As has happened in the past, financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks
associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in the CEE region and adversely affect the economy of the region. In addition, during such times, companies that operate
in emerging markets can face severe liquidity constraints as foreign funding sources are withdrawn. Thus, even if the economy of the CEE region remains relatively stable, financial turmoil in any
emerging market country could adversely affect our business, as well as result in a decrease in the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Accordingly,
investors should exercise particular care in evaluating the risks involved and must decide for themselves whether, in light of those risks, their investment is appropriate.
Generally, investment in emerging markets is only suitable for sophisticated investors who fully appreciate the

28

---



Table of Contents

significance
of the risks involved, and investors are urged to consult with their own legal and financial advisors before making an investment decision.

Political and governmental instability in CEE countries could materially adversely affect our business and operations in these countries.

We have significant operations in Russia, Ukraine and Romania. Since the early 1990s, Russia, Ukraine, Romania and other CEE countries
have sought to transform from one-party states with a centrally planned economy to democracies with a market economy of various degrees. As a result of various reforms, and the failure of some of
them, the political systems of many CEE countries remain vulnerable and unstable.

In
addition, the political and economic situation in these countries is negatively affected by the global financial and economic crisis, the on-going economic recession and political
conflicts. The ongoing civil unrest and political instability in Ukraine has affected the relations between the Russian Federation and Ukraine. On March 16, 2014, a referendum was held in
Crimea, pursuant to which the majority of those who voted were in favor of annexation from Ukraine and joining Russia as a federal subject. On March 17, 2014, the parliament of Crimea declared
independence from Ukraine and officially applied to join Russia. On March 18, 2014, the Republic of Crimea and the Russian Federation signed an agreement, accepting the Republic of Crimea into
the Russian Federation. On March 21, 2014, the Russian parliament passed legislation extending the effect of Russian laws and state authority to the territory of Crimea. The law provides for a
transitional period until January 1, 2015 for purposes of fully integrating Crimea into Russia.

These
events in Crimea and the resulting change in Crimea's legal status have prompted a negative reaction from the United States, the European Union and certain other countries, which
have refused to recognize the referendum in Crimea. As a result, the United States and the European Union have imposed sanctions on a number of former Ukrainian government officials, Russian
government officials and certain Russian and Ukrainian entities and individuals, as well as several non-Russian companies holding assets in Russia. These sanctions include the blocking of funds,
property and interests of such persons and entities, as well as visa bans. No assurance can be given that additional persons will not be subjected to sanctions or that other jurisdictions or
international bodies will not impose similar or additional sanctions.

The
reaction of the United States, the European Union and certain other countries, and in particular the economic sanctions described below, has adversely affected the Russian economy
and the Russian financial market, increased capital outflows as well as worsened the general business and investment climate in Russia. In March 2014, both the Fitch and Standard & Poor's
credit agencies revised their
credit outlook on Russia to "negative" citing potential impact on Russia's slowing economy and business environment of the U.S. and the EU sanctions, and in April 2014, Standard & Poor's
lowered its long- and short-term foreign currency sovereign ratings on Russia to "BBB-/A-3" from "BBB/A-2" with a negative outlook. Moreover, the continued impact of these events and any
continuing or escalating military action, public protests, unrest, political instability or further sanctions could have a further adverse effect on the Ukrainian and Russian economies and
consequently, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Future political instability could result in a worsening overall economic situation,
including capital flight and slowdown of investment and business activity.

In
the first half of 2014, as a result of the severe political conflict between the acting government of Ukraine and the opposition, Ukraine has conducted an early presidential election.
Although the political situation in the country is stabilizing, there are still armed clashes between Ukrainian military forces and opposition supporting the separation of the eastern regions from
Ukraine. Further escalation

29

---



Table of Contents

of
the political instability or military action can have a material negative impact on our operations in Ukraine.

The
current political environment in Romania is dynamic and may become unstable. Since the demise of the Democrats-led government (supported by the center-right and friendly towards
business) in early 2012, the Social-Democrats have been in power, until recently, in a coalition with the Liberals. The Liberals have recentlyde factoterminated their alliance with the Social-Democrats and no longer support the government, which fragmented the government's support in the Parliament and may also increase temptations towards populist
measures at the level of the government. Also, despite the fact that President Basescu and Prime Minister Ponta (supported by representatives of opposed political powers) reached a cooperation
agreement, the current political environment in Romania remains characterized by turmoil resulting from an ongoing political conflict between them. In this context and also considering the pressure of
upcoming presidential elections towards the end of the year, amendments in the policies pursued by the Romanian government and the political instability may have a material negative impact on our
operations in Romania.

Deterioration in political and economic relations among CEE countries in which we operate and/or between CEE countries and the U.S. and the European Union could materially
adversely affect our business and operations in CEE.

Political and economic relations between Russia, Romania, Ukraine and the other countries in which we operate are complex, and recent
conflicts have arisen between their
governments. Likewise, CEE countries continue to have a complicated relationship with the U.S. and the European Union. Political, ethnic, religious, historical and other differences have, on occasion,
given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflicts between countries of CEE which can halt normal economic activity and disrupt the economies of neighboring regions.

The
relationship between Russia and Ukraine has been historically strained due to, among other things, disagreements over the prices and methods of payment for gas delivered by Russia
to, or for transportation through, Ukraine, issues relating to the temporary stationing of the Russian Black Sea Fleet in the territory of Ukraine, a Russian ban on imports of meat and milk products
from Ukraine and anti-dumping investigations conducted by Russian authorities in relation to certain Ukrainian goods. Despite the fact that the possible accession by Ukraine to NATO was delayed by
Ukraine declaring its neutral status to military blocks, its willingness to stay in close cooperation with NATO has also been a significant source of tension between Russia and Ukraine. Following the
recent events related to Crimea and the new wave of gas price negotiations in 2014, political tension between Russia and Ukraine has increased significantly. Any further adverse changes in Ukraine's
relations with Russia, in particular any such changes adversely affecting supplies of energy resources from Russia to Ukraine or Ukraine's revenues derived from transit charges for Russian oil and
gas, may have negative effects on the Ukrainian economy as a whole. The conflicts among CEE countries and conflicts within CEE countries have, in some instances, also strained their relationship with
the U.S. and the European Union which, at times, has negatively impacted their financial markets. As a result of the annexation of Crimea and following sanctions imposed by the United States and the
EU on a number of former Ukrainian government officials, certain Russian government officials, certain Russian and Ukrainian individuals and entities, as well as non-Russian companies holding assets
in Russia, CEE financial markets and general investment climate has been affected significantly. See "Political and governmental instability in CEE countries could materially adversely
affect our business and operations in these countries." Similarly, economic deterioration in CEE countries may strain political relationships with neighboring regions, and vice versa. For example,
Romania joined the European Union in January 2007, and is subject to certain post-accession benchmarks mandated by the EU under the Cooperation and Verification Mechanism to help Romania address
outstanding shortcomings in various social fields such as judicial reform and fight against corruption. On January 22, 2013, the

30

---



Table of Contents

European
Commission presented a report assessing the fact that Romania has registered progress in several fields. The enactment of legislative amendments continued as well. However, the report notes
concerns regarding the independence of the judicial system, resulting from resistance to anticorruption and integrity measures, at both political and administrative levels. If Romania does not
adequately address these benchmarks the European Commission is entitled to apply certain sanctions against Romania, including the suspension of Member States' obligation to recognize and enforce,
under the conditions set forth in the Community laws, the decisions of Romanian courts. The application of any of the sanctions referenced above may have a negative effect on the Romanian economy and
investor confidence in the Romanian economic environment, which could lead to material adverse consequences on our operations in Romania.

The
emergence of new or escalated tensions among CEE countries could further exacerbate tensions between CEE countries and the U.S. and the European Union, which may have a negative
effect on their economy, our ability to obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms, and the level and volatility of the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. Any of the foregoing
circumstances could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CEE.

The legal and tax systems in CEE countries can create an uncertain environment for business activity, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in
the CEE.

The legal and tax framework to support a market economy remains new and in flux in Russia, Ukraine, Romania and other CEE countries
and, as a result, these systems can be characterized by:



The
relatively recent enactment of many laws, the lack of consensus about the scope, content and pace of political and economic reform and the rapid evolution of legal systems in ways
that may not always coincide with market developments have resulted in legal ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies and, in certain cases, the enactment of laws without a clear constitutional or
legislative basis. Furthermore, legal and bureaucratic obstacles and corruption exist to varying degrees in each of the regions in which we operate, and these factors are likely to hinder our further
development. These characteristics give rise to investment risks that do not exist in countries with more developed legal systems.

In
addition, as is true of civil law systems generally, judicial precedents generally have no binding effect on subsequent decisions. Not all legislation and court decisions in CEE
countries are readily available to the public or organized in a manner that facilitates understanding. Enforcement of court

31

---



Table of Contents

orders
can be very difficult in practice. All of these factors make judicial decisions difficult to predict and effective redress uncertain. Additionally, court claims and governmental prosecutions
may be used in furtherance of what some perceive to be political aims.

The
untested nature of much of recent legislation in the countries in which we operate and the rapid evolution of their legal systems may result in ambiguities, inconsistencies and
anomalies in the application and interpretation of laws and regulations. Any of these factors may affect our ability to enforce our rights under our contracts or to defend ourselves against claims by
others, or result in our being subject to unpredictable requirements. These uncertainties also extend to property rights; and the expropriation or nationalization of any of our entities, their assets
or portions thereof, potentially without adequate compensation, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Loss of certain tax benefits that we enjoy in Russia and Ukraine could have a negative impact on our operating results and profitability.

The Russian government provides qualified Russian IT companies with substantial tax benefits through a reduced social contribution
charge rate program, as well as through VAT exemptions. These programs resulted in savings for us of $23.9 million in the year ended March, 31, 2013 and $25.5 million in the year ended
March 31, 2014. However, the reduced tax rates for social contributions (14% in total) are only available until December 31, 2017, after which the Russian government plans to gradually
increase the tax rates (21% in 2018 and 28% in 2019) until they are equal to the rates for non-qualified companies (34%) in 2020. If the Russian government were to change its favorable treatment of
Russian IT companies by modifying or repealing its current favorable tax measures, or if we become ineligible for such favorable treatment, it would significantly impact our financial condition and
results of operations.

Substantially
all of the persons who work for us in the Ukraine are independent contractors. Although we believe that we have properly classified these workers as independent contractors
and are, therefore, not required to pay social duties and personal income tax applicable to employees, there is, nevertheless, a risk that the Ukrainian tax authority may take a different view. Laws
and regulations that govern the status and classification of independent contractors are subject to change or interpretation by various authorities. In addition, if a national or local authority or
court enacts legislation or adopts regulations that change the manner in which employees and independent contractors are classified, or makes any adverse determination with respect to some or all of
our independent contractors, we could incur significant costs arising from fines or judgments as a result of tax withholding. We may also elect to hire these independent contractors as our employees,
and, we may, as a result, incur significant personnel expenses.

Amendments
to the Ukrainian tax code granting substantial benefits to software development companies which became effective on January 1, 2013. For software companies, the
effective preferential tax system is in place for a period of 10 years, and includes payment of income tax at the rate of 5%, and the exemption from VAT of the supply of software products.
However, the new preferential system contains a large number of risks due to ambiguities in the law. Therefore, these preferential tax policies may not fully offset the increased costs we may be
subject to in the event we are forced to hire our independent contractors as our employees.

Any
or all of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Selective or arbitrary government action could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE.

Many commercial laws and regulations in CEE are relatively new and have been subject to limited interpretation. As a result, their
application can be unpredictable. Government authorities have a high

32

---



Table of Contents

degree
of discretion in Russia, Ukraine and other CEE countries and have at times exercised their discretion in ways that may be perceived as selective or arbitrary, and sometimes in a manner that is
seen as being influenced by political or commercial considerations. These governments also have the power, in certain circumstances, to interfere with the performance of, nullify or terminate
contracts. Selective or arbitrary actions have included withdrawal of licenses, sudden and unexpected tax audits, criminal prosecutions and civil actions. Federal and local government entities have
also used common defects in documentation as pretexts for court claims and other demands to invalidate and/or to void transactions, apparently for political purposes. In this environment, our
competitors could receive preferential treatment from the government, potentially giving them a competitive advantage. Government officials may apply contradictory or ambiguous laws or regulations in
ways that could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE. We cannot assure you that regulators, judicial authorities or third parties in Russia, Ukraine and other CEE countries
will not challenge our compliance (including that of our subsidiaries) with applicable laws, decrees and regulations. Selective or arbitrary government action could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

We
must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of government contracts in CEE countries where we provide services to the local
governments. Any failure to comply with applicable local laws, regulations and procedures could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions or suspension or
debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, governments may revise
existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time and for any reason. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew or
enforce contracts under which we currently provide services. Any new contracting methods could be costly or administratively difficult for us to implement, which could materially adversely affect our
business and operations in the CEE.

Changes in the tax system in CEE countries or arbitrary or unforeseen application of existing rules could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.

There have been significant changes to the taxation systems in CEE countries in recent years as the authorities have gradually replaced
legislation regulating the application of major taxes such as corporate income tax, VAT, corporate property tax and other taxes with new legislation. Tax authorities in CEE countries, including Russia
and Ukraine, have also been aggressive in their interpretation of tax laws and their many ambiguities, as well as in their enforcement and collection activities. Technical violations of contradictory
laws and regulations, many of which are relatively new and have not been subject to extensive application or interpretation, may lead to penalties. High-profile companies may be particularly
vulnerable to aggressive application of unclear requirements. Many companies must negotiate their tax bills with tax inspectors who may demand higher taxes than applicable law appears to provide. Our
tax liability may become greater than the estimated amount that we have expensed to date and paid or accrued on our balance sheets, particularly if the tax benefits we receive in Russia are revised or
removed. Any additional tax liability, as well as any unforeseen changes in tax laws, could materially adversely affect our future results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The
Russian Federation intends to ratify the Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters (the "Convention") developed by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD), which the Russian Federation signed in November 2011. If ratified, it will enable Russian tax authorities to obtain certain information relating to taxation matters from a number
of countries, including certain offshore jurisdictions (however, Cyprus is not yet a party to this Convention), and to participate in simultaneous tax examinations and assistance in recovery of tax
claims. In addition, the Russian Federation is in the process of revising its bilateral treaties on

33

---



Table of Contents

avoidance
of double taxation by including or expanding the provisions on exchange of information and anti-abuse of treaty. For example, on February 28, 2012 the Russian President signed the law
on ratification of the Protocol (the "Protocol") to the double taxation treaty entered into between the Russian Federation and the Republic of Cyprus, dated December 5, 1998. The Protocol
became effective on April 2, 2012 and applies to taxes due as of January 1, 2013. The Protocol also amended provisions on exchange of information in line with the latest OECD standards.

In
its decision No. 138-O dated July 25, 2001, the Constitutional Court of the Russian Federation introduced a concept of "a taxpayer acting in bad faith" without clearly
stipulating the criteria for it. Furthermore, on October 12, 2006, the Plenum of the Supreme Commercial Court of the Russian Federation issued Ruling No. 53, formulating a concept of an
"unjustified tax benefit". These concepts have not been defined in Russian tax law. Nonetheless, these concepts have been widely used by the tax authorities to deny the taxpayer's right to use certain
tax benefits prescribed in the tax law, or to rely
on certain provisions of the tax law. Tax authorities and courts often exercise significant discretion in interpreting these concepts in a manner that is unfavorable to taxpayers. In practice, when
challenging the tax benefits applied by a taxpayer tax authorities often argue that the taxpayer may receive an "unjustified tax benefit" by executing contractual relationships with the counterparties
acting "in a bad faith" (so-called "mala-fide" taxpayers). Although we use our best efforts to ensure that our counterparties are bona fide taxpayers, there may be a risk that tax authorities may take
a different view interpret the relationship with our counterparties in a different manner, challenge applicable tax advantages and incentives, and impose extra taxes, fines and late payment penalties,
which could materially affect our business.

In
its Resolution No. 57 "On certain issues arising upon application by Commercial Courts of Part One of the Tax Code of the Russian Federation," dated July 30, 2013,, the
Plenum of the Supreme Commercial Court of the Russian Federation determined that in case of a failure of tax agents in the Russian Federation to withhold taxes from sums to be paid to a foreign
company, such taxes and penalties may be collected at the expense of these tax agents. The Supreme Commercial Court grounds this position referring to the fact that generally in this case foreign
companies are not registered with Russian tax authorities and, therefore, it is impossible to maintain their tax administration. As a result of the foregoing, the magnitude of the claims made by the
Russian tax authorities may rise significantly because the tax authorities may impose additional taxes and penalties, which was not the case prior to these pronouncements by the Supreme Commercial
Court of Russian Federation.

Following
the adoption of the Federal law, 2013 No. 134-FZ, dated June 28, 2013, "On the introduction of amendments to certain legislative acts of the Russian Federation
regarding countering illegal financial operations," the list of the legal entities from which underpaid taxes may be recovered in court has been expanded significantly. In particular, underpaid taxes
may be sought by tax authorities in court from dependent (affiliated) entities of such underpaying taxpayers to which the money was transferred or other property was provided by such taxpayers
(including when the transfer of money was made through interconnected operations by legal entities which are not dependent (affiliated) entities) or from legal entities recognized by courts as
otherwise affiliated with the taxpayer that has a tax deficiency. As a result of these amendments, there is an increased risk that in tax disputes many legal entities of one group may be involved,
which could result in a material adverse effect on such entities' businesses.

On
January 9, 2013, the Supreme Commercial Court of the Russian Federation issued Ruling No. 14828/12 "On transfer of the case for the consideration of the Presidium of the
Supreme Commercial Court of the Russian Federation." At issue was the registration of immovable property in the name of an offshore company. The panel of judges ruled that, in the context of a court
proceeding, if a party to the proceeding is an offshore company, the other party may be disadvantaged as a result of lack of transparency of information pertaining to the offshore company. Therefore,
the judges ruled that any evidence produced by the offshore company can be accepted by the court only if the beneficial

34

---



Table of Contents

ownership
information of the offshore company is disclosed. The final outcome of this litigation is still pending. However, the arguments stated by the judges in this ruling reflect the tendency of
Russian courts to apply new, non-formalistic approach to transactions involving foreign and offshore structures. As a consequence, it could not be ruled out that many transactions, and tax obligations
of parties to such transactions, which were previously entered into by offshore companies, could be reconsidered by the Russian courts.

On
December 12, 2013, the Russian President included in his annual address to the Russian Federal Assembly a message aiming at introducing the so-called "de-offshorization"
program designed to combat tax avoidance and ensure transparency of transactions for tax purposes. On May 27, 2014, a draft law supporting the "de-offshorization" program was published and
currently introduces (i) the CFC rules ("CFC Rules"), according to which in certain circumstances undistributed profits of foreign legal entities and "structures" (such as trusts, funds or
partnerships) domiciled in certain jurisdictions, which are owned or controlled by Russian tax residents (legal entities or individuals) shall be subject to taxation in Russia; (ii) the concept
of tax residency for legal entities, under which a foreign legal entity could be subjected to Russian tax residency; and (iii) beneficial ownership concept in order to clarify the definition of
the "beneficial owner" for international taxation purposes, into the Russian Tax Code. The CFC Rules have not been fully developed; however, they are scheduled to become effective on January 1,
2015, when adopted. Further, a new draft law introducing a concept of "anti-abuse" to the Russian Tax Code, was submitted to the lower chamber of the Russian parliament on May 23, 2014. The
draft law defines "abuse" as carrying out activities and transactions or actions (failure to act) with the main purpose to avoid entirely or partially tax liabilities or obtaining a tax refund
(credit). No assurance can be currently given as to the exact nature of these amendments, their potential interpretation by tax authorities and the possible impact on us. We cannot rule out the
possibility that, as a result of the introduction of changes to the Russian tax legislation, certain of our companies established outside of Russia may be deemed to be Russian tax residents, subject
to all applicable Russian taxes.

In
January 2011, Ukraine enacted a new tax code (the "Tax Code"). The Tax Code aims to create a comprehensive legal framework for tax reform and provide for a wide range of changes to
the existing tax system in the areas of tax collection and administration. There can be no assurance, however, that the adoption of the Tax Code will have a positive effect on the Ukrainian tax
system, in which differing opinions between, and within, government ministries regarding legal interpretations of tax regulations often create uncertainties and areas of conflict. Tax declarations or
returns, together with other matters of legal compliance, such as customs and currency control matters, are subject to review and investigation by a number of authorities, which may impose fines,
penalties and interest charges for noncompliance. These circumstances generally create tax risks in Ukraine that are more significant than those typically found in countries with more developed tax
systems.

The
tax systems in the CEE countries in which we operate impose additional burdens and costs on our operations in such countries, and complicate our tax planning and related business
decisions. Furthermore, these tax systems have historically been complicated by contradictions in the respective tax legislation. These uncertainties could result in a greater than expected tax burden
and potentially
exposes us to significant fines and penalties and enforcement measures, despite our best efforts at compliance. These factors raise the risk of a sudden imposition of arbitrary or onerous taxes on our
operations in these countries. This could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

35

---



Table of Contents

Our subsidiaries established outside of Russia may be exposed to taxation in Russia.

The Russian Tax Code contains the concept of a permanent establishment in Russia as a means for taxing foreign legal entities which
carry on regular entrepreneurial activities in Russia beyond preparatory and auxiliary activities. The Russian double tax treaties with other countries also contain a similar concept. If a foreign
company is treated as having a permanent establishment in Russia, it would be subject to Russian taxation in a manner broadly similar to the taxation of a Russian legal entity, but only to the extent
of the amount of the foreign company's income that is attributable to the company's permanent establishment in Russia. However, the practical application of the concept of a permanent establishment
under Russian domestic law is not well developed and foreign companies having even limited operations in Russia, which would not normally satisfy the conditions for creating a permanent establishment
under international norms, may be at risk of being treated as having a permanent establishment in Russia and hence being liable to Russian taxation. Having a permanent establishment in Russia may also
lead to other adverse tax implications, including having to challenge a reduced withholding tax rate on dividends under an applicable double tax treaty, a potential effect on VAT and property tax
obligations.

There
is also a risk that penalties could be imposed by the tax authorities for failure to register a permanent establishment with the Russian tax authorities. Recent events in Russia
suggest that the tax
authorities may be more actively seeking to investigate and assert whether foreign entities operate through a permanent establishment in Russia. Any such taxes or penalties could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and the results of operations.

We may be exposed to liability for actions taken by our subsidiaries.

In certain cases we may be jointly and severally liable for obligations of our subsidiaries. We may also incur secondary liability and,
in certain cases, liability to creditors for obligations of our subsidiaries in certain instances involving bankruptcy or insolvency.

In
particular, Russian law generally provides that shareholders in a Russian joint stock company or participants in a limited liability company are not liable for the obligations of such
a company and bear only the risk of loss of their investment. This may not be the case, however, when an effective parent company is capable of determining decisions made by its effective subsidiary.
The effective parent bears joint and several liabilities for transactions concluded by the effective subsidiary, in carrying out business decisions if the effective parent gives binding instructions
to the effective subsidiary and the right of the effective parent to give binding instructions is set out in the charter of the effective subsidiary or in a contract between those entities.

Further,
an effective parent is secondarily liable for an effective subsidiary's debts if the effective subsidiary becomes insolvent or bankrupt as a result of the action or inaction of
the effective parent. In these instances, the other shareholders of the effective subsidiary may claim compensation for the effective subsidiary's losses from the effective parent that caused the
effective subsidiary to take action or fail to take action, knowing that such action or failure to take action would result in losses. We could be found to be the effective parent of the subsidiaries,
in which case we could become liable for their debts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

Our CEE subsidiaries can be forced into liquidation on the basis of formal noncompliance with certain legal requirements.

We operate in CEE countries primarily through locally organized subsidiaries. Certain provisions of the laws of CEE countries may allow
a court to order liquidation of a locally organized legal entity on the basis of its formal noncompliance with certain requirements during formation, reorganization or during its operations.

36

---



Table of Contents

Russian
corporate law, Ukrainian corporate law and Romanian corporate law require liquidation of a company if its net assets fall below a certain threshold and, in case of Romania, it
does not take remedial steps. For example, under Russian corporate law, negative net assets calculated on the basis of the Russian accounting standards as of the end of the year following the second
or any subsequent year of a company's existence can serve as a basis for creditors to accelerate their claims and to demand payment of damages, as well as for a court to order the liquidation of the
company upon a claim by governmental authorities. Many Russian companies have negative net assets due to a very low historical value of property, plant and equipment reflected on their Russian
accounting standards balance sheets. However, their solvency (defined as their ability to pay debts as they come due) has not been otherwise adversely affected by such negative net assets. There are
cases when courts have ordered mandatory liquidation of a company based on its negative net assets, though such company had continued to fulfil its obligations and had net assets in excess of the
required minimum at the time of liquidation.

There
have also been cases in CEE countries in which formal deficiencies in the establishment process of a legal entity or noncompliance with provisions of law have been used by courts
as a basis for liquidation of a legal entity. Weaknesses in the legal systems of CEE countries create an uncertain legal environment, which makes the decisions of a court or a governmental authority
difficult to predict. If involuntary liquidation of any of our subsidiaries were to occur, such liquidation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks related to our Class A ordinary shares

The price of our Class A ordinary shares has fluctuated significantly and may continue to be volatile

Following our initial public offering, the price of our Class A ordinary shares has ranged from a high of $43.56 to a low of
$18.55. Some of the factors that have caused or may cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to fluctuate include:



37

---



Table of Contents



In
addition, if the market for shares in our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences price and volume fluctuation or a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our
Class A ordinary shares could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our share price to fall
and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain shareholders who held our shares prior to our IPO, including one
of our directors and our chief executive officer, and limiting the ability of our other shareholders to influence corporate matters.

Each of our Class B ordinary shares has ten votes per share, and each of our Class A ordinary shares, which is the class
of shares offered hereby, has one vote per share. Shareholders who hold Class B ordinary shares together beneficially own shares representing approximately 96.5%of the voting power of our
outstanding shares as of March 31, 2014.Consequently, the holders of Class B ordinary shares collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our shareholders
for approval even if their share ownership were to decrease to less than 50% of the outstanding ordinary shares. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for
the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could be adversely affected.

Future
transfers by holders of Class B ordinary shares will generally result in those shares converting to Class A ordinary shares, which will have the effect, over time,
of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B ordinary shares who retain their shares in the long term.

The significant share ownership position of IBS Group limits the ability of our shareholders to influence corporate matters.

IBS Group Holding Limited, our controlling shareholder ("IBS Group") beneficially owns 94.5% of our outstanding Class B ordinary
shares and controls 91.5% of our voting power as of June 30, 2014. As a result of this concentration of share ownership, IBS Group will have sufficient voting power to effectively control all
matters submitted to our shareholders for approval. These matters include:



This
concentration of ownership of our ordinary shares could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of our ordinary
shares that might otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our ordinary shares. The interests of IBS Group may not always coincide with the
interests of our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect our share price.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our Class A ordinary shares,
the price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our Class A ordinary shares relies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts
publish about us and our business. The price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our Class A ordinary shares or if those analysts
issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

38

---



Table of Contents

We have taken advantage of NYSE's "controlled company" exemption from certain corporate governance requirements to a limited extent, and therefore, our shareholders will not
have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

As a result of the number of shares beneficially owned by IBS Group, we are eligible to take advantage of the "controlled company"
exemption under NYSE's corporate governance rules. A "controlled company" is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual or group of shareholders. Pursuant to the
"controlled company" exemption, a company is not required to comply with the requirements of having a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, each of which is
composed entirely of independent directors, has a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities, and is subject to an annual performance evaluation. See "ITEM 6.Directors,
Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesBoard Committees." We currently rely on this exemption only to the extent necessary to permit Anatoly Karachinskiy and Glen
Granovsky to serve on our compensation committee, even though they do not satisfy NYSE's definition of an "independent
director", and to avoid having a nominating and governance committee. If available to us, we may elect to use the controlled company exemption more broadly in the future. If we do so, you will not
have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We are not subject to the supervision of the British Virgin Islands Financial Services Commission and so our shareholders are not protected by any regulatory inspections in
the British Virgin Islands.

We are not an entity subject to any regulatory supervision in the British Virgin Islands by the Financial Services Commission. As a
result, shareholders are not protected by any regulatory supervision or inspections by any regulatory agency in the British Virgin Islands and we are not required to observe any restrictions in
respect of its conduct save as disclosed in this annual report or our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the NYSE, we may in the future elect to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain
NYSE requirements.

We have elected to apply the corporate governance rules of the NYSE applicable to controlled companies, with the exception of
maintaining an internal audit function, even though, as a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country, the British Virgin Islands, instead
of these requirements. Nevertheless, we may in the future follow home country corporate governance practices instead of some or all of the NYSE's requirements, including in the event we are no longer
eligible for the "controlled company" exemption. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NYSE requirements must submit to the NYSE in advance a written
statement from an independent counsel in such issuer's home country certifying that the issuer's practices are not prohibited by the home country's laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must
disclose in its annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such
requirement. Certain corporate governance requirements are not reflected in the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended from time to time) (the "BVI Act") or other British Virgin Islands law,
such as the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive issuances of shares, including the sale of our Class A ordinary shares in below market private placement
transactions if greater than 20% of our pre-transaction issued and outstanding shares are sold, or are subject to different approval requirements, such as in connection with the establishment or
amendment of equity compensation plans. Moreover, the BVI Act does not require the implementation of a nominating committee or establishment of a formal director nomination process, the formation of
an audit committee or if such a committee is formed that it have any specific composition, that a board of

39

---



Table of Contents

directors
consists of a majority of independent directors or that independent directors be involved in the determination of executive compensation. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and
EmployeesCorporate governance practices." Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under the NYSE's corporate governance rules.

Furthermore,
as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our
officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not
be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies
whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We are an "emerging growth company" with reduced reporting requirements that may make our Class A ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company", as defined in the JOBS Act, and take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting
requirements that are generally applicable to public companies. For so long as we remain an "emerging growth company", we will not be subject to the provision of Section 404(b) of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act that requires that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This may
increase the risk that we will fail to detect and remedy any weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. It is also possible that investors may generally find our
Class A ordinary shares less attractive due to our status as an "emerging growth company" and our more limited disclosure. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect the price and liquidity of
our Class A ordinary shares.

We
may take advantage of these disclosure exemptions until we are no longer an "emerging growth company". We will cease to be an "emerging growth company" upon the earliest
of:



It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. or foreign judgment against us, our directors and officers named in this annual report outside the U.S., or to assert U.S. securities
laws claims outside of the U.S.

Almost all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents
of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located in Russia, Ukraine and other CEE countries. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to
effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us, or them, judgments obtained in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability
provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state therein. Additionally, it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in actions originally instituted outside of the U.S.
Foreign courts may refuse to hear a U.S. securities law claim because foreign courts may not be the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if a foreign court agrees to hear a
claim, it may determine that the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides, and not U.S. law, is applicable to the claim. Further, if U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content
of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of

40

---



Table of Contents

procedure
would still be governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides. Additionally, although arbitration awards are generally enforceable in CIS countries, judgments
obtained in the U.S. or in other foreign courts, including those with respect to U.S. federal securities law claims, may not be enforceable in many CIS countries including Russia. A foreign court
judgment may be recognized and enforced in Ukraine only on the basis of an international treaty to which
Ukraine is a party providing for enforcement of such judgments, and then only in accordance with the terms of such treaty. Ukraine is a party to more than 20 mutual legal assistance treaties in civil
matters (mostly with CIS and former socialist countries) and, by way of legal succession, a party to nine mutual legal assistance treaties of the former USSR. However, while Ukraine does have such
treaties in place with several EU countries, it is not a party to mutual legal assistance treaties in civil matters with the United States, Canada, the UK, Germany and France. As a result, there are
no international treaties that could be relied upon to enforce in Ukraine a civil judgment rendered in those countries. In the absence of an international treaty providing for enforcement of
judgments, the courts of Ukraine may only recognize or enforce a foreign court judgment on the basis of the principle of reciprocity, which, unless proven otherwise, is deemed to exist in relations
between Ukraine and the country where the judgment was rendered. At the same time, the principle of reciprocity is a relatively new and undeveloped concept in Ukrainian legislation, and there is no
official interpretation or established court practice on the application of the principle of reciprocity. Therefore, it is possible that a U.S. or other foreign court judgment issued in a country,
which has no mutual legal assistance treaty with Ukraine, could be refused recognition and/or enforcement in Ukraine, and the parties would have to re-litigate the dispute in Ukrainian courts. In
addition, the lack of practice and varying approaches towards recognition and enforcement in Ukraine of foreign court judgments potentially make such recognition and enforcement problematic, if at all
possible. In Romania, foreign civil and commercial judgments issued by courts of a non-EU member state may be recognized and enforced only if certain conditions are met, the existence of a bilateral
instrument or agreement providing for the mutual recognition of the legal effects of civil judgments being seen as an important facilitator for that. No such agreement or instrument is currently in
place between Romania and the United States. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us, you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by either a U.S. or
foreign court.

We do not intend to pay regular dividends for the foreseeable future.

Our investors should not rely on an investment in our Class A ordinary shares to provide dividend income. Although we have
declared and paid dividends in prior years, we do not intend to declare or pay regular dividends to holders of our Class A ordinary shares for the foreseeable future, and any future credit
facility may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our Class A ordinary shares. While we currently intend to retain all available funds
and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, we may, by a resolution of the board of directors, authorize a special one-time dividend or other form of distribution to
our shareholders at such time and in such amount as the board of directors determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company. Any payment of dividends in the future would be at the
discretion of our board and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and business opportunities, strategic plans of the Company, the restrictions in our debt agreements,
and other considerations that our board deems relevant. As a result, if we do not pay dividends, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A ordinary shares will be investors' sole source of
gain for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A ordinary shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any
return on their investment. Investors seeking annual cash dividends should not purchase our Class A ordinary shares.

In
addition, our ability to pay dividends is dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and their distribution of funds to us, primarily in the form of dividends. The ability of our
subsidiaries to make distributions may be subject to statutory restrictions and retained earnings criteria, and is

41

---



Table of Contents

contingent
upon the cash flow and earnings of those subsidiaries. For example, Russian law prohibits declaration and payment of dividends by a Russian company if such company's net assets' value is
lower than its charter capital or will become lower than its charter capital as a result of declaration or distribution of dividends. These restrictions could reduce the amount of distributions that
we receive from our subsidiaries which, in turn, would restrict our ability to pay dividends. According to Romanian law, if the company's net assets are less than its subscribed shares, the shares
should be adjusted accordingly before any distribution of dividends can be declared.

In
the past, we have declared and paid dividends, including with respect to the years ended March 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. Any future determination regarding the reservation of
part of the profits and distributions to shareholders will depend on a range of factors, including the availability of distributable profits, our liquidity and financial position, restrictions imposed
by our financing arrangements, tax considerations, planned acquisitions, strategic plans of the Company and other relevant factors.

Provisions in our organizational documents may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

Our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association contain a number of provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a
third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions also may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other
transaction that might otherwise result in our shareholders receiving a premium over the market price for their ordinary shares. These provisions include, among
others:



These
provisions of our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for our
Class A ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. For more information, see "ITEM 10. Additional
InformationMemorandum and Articles of Association."

As the rights of shareholders under British Virgin Islands law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Act and the common law of the
British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin
Islands law are to a large extent governed by the BVI Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited
judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from English

42

---



Table of Contents

common
law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British
Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the U.S. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less
developed body of securities laws as compared to the U.S., and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, British Virgin
Islands law does not make a distinction between public and private companies and some of the protections and safeguards (such as statutory pre-emption rights, save to the extent that they are
expressly provided for in the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association) that investors may expect to find in relation to a public company are not provided for under British Virgin Islands law.

As
a result of all of the above, holders of our Class A ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our management,
directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the BVI Act and the laws applicable to
companies incorporated in the U.S. and their shareholders, see 'ITEM 10. Additional InformationMemorandum and Articles of Association."

Shareholders in British Virgin Islands companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving a shareholder of the ability to protect their
interests.

While statutory provisions do exist in British Virgin Islands law for derivative actions to be brought in certain circumstances,
shareholders in British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the U.S. The circumstances in which any such action may be
brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those
of shareholders of a company organized in the U.S. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The British Virgin
Islands courts are also unlikely to: (i) recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the U.S. based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities law; or (ii) to
impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no
statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the U.S., although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce the
non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

The laws of the British Virgin Islands provide little protection for minority shareholders, so minority shareholders will have little or no recourse if the shareholders are
dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, there is little statutory protection of minority shareholders other than the provisions
of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the BVI Act or the constituent documents of the
corporation, the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association. Shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the Amended Memorandum and
Articles of Association.

There
are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law, since the common law of the British Virgin Islands is
limited. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule inFoss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with
the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company's affairs by the majority or the board of directors.
However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to British Virgin Islands law and the company's constituent documents.

43

---





Table of Contents

As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company's Amended Memorandum and
Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the
authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute a "fraud on the minority" where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts
that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring the approval
of a majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded to minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

ITEM 4.    Information about Luxoft

A.  History and Development of Luxoft

Our legal name is Luxoft Holding, Inc. Including our predecessors, we have been in business since March 2000. Luxoft Holding, Inc was incorporated as a
company limited by shares under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on March 7, 2006. Over the past 14 years, the Company grew from the initial team of 20 people and one office to
over 7500 employees and 21 offices across 13 countries worldwide, covering North America, Western and Eastern Europe, and South-East Asia regions. In June 2013, we listed our shares on the NYSE under
the symbol "LXFT."

We
have principal business offices located at 41-43 Klimentos Str., Klimentos Tower 2nd Floor Office 24, 1061 Ay. Nicolaos Nicosia, Cyprus; Bundesstrasse 5 CH-6300 Zug,
Switzerland; 10-3, 1-Volokolamsky proezd, 123060 Moscow, Russia; 14 Vasylkivska Str., 03040 Kiev, Ukraine; 167 Calea Floreasca, 3rd floor, district 1 Bucharest, Romania; Ul.
Krakowska 280, 32-080 Zabierzow, Poland; Rzeznicza 28-31 Str., 50130 Wroc?aw, Poland; Wentworth Lodge Suite 3, Great North Road, Welwyn Garden City,
Hertfordshire, AL8 7SR United Kingdom, 115 K "Tsarigradsko Shosse" Blvd, ent.B, fl.8, 1784 Sophia, Bulgaria; Szlak str. 77, ap. 134, Krakow, 31-153, Poland. Our registered office
is Akara Bldg., 24 De Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, PO Box 3136, Road Town, Tortola, BVI. Our telephone numbers are +357 22 766624/25, +41 445 568 446,
+7 495 967 8030; +38 044 238 8108; +40 21 203 6600; +48 12 445 8000; +44 1707 242100 and +359 2904 3900,
respectively.

For
more information about us, our website is www.luxoft.com and www.luxoft.ru. The information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference
in this annual report.



Our capital expenditures for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $13.8 million, $9 million and
$8.4 million, respectively. The majority of our investment activities have historically been related to the purchase of computers, notebooks and other pieces of office equipment. In order to
support our overall business expansion, we will continue to invest in production equipment. Moreover, we may spend additional amounts of cash on acquisitions from time to time, if and when such
opportunities arise. We anticipate that our next major capital expenditures in the years ending March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 will be related to the expansion of our business and
strategic merger and acquisition transactions. We currently anticipate our capital expenditures in the years ending March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 will be financed from cash generated
from operations and our current cash position.

B.  Business Overview

Overview

We are a leading provider of software development services and innovative IT solutions to a global client base consisting primarily of
large, multinational corporations. Our software development services

44

---



Table of Contents

consist
of core and mission critical custom software development and support, product engineering and testing, and technology consulting. Our solutions are based on our proprietary products and
platforms that directly impact our clients' business outcomes and efficiently deliver continuous innovation. Through our services and solutions, we enable our clients to improve their competitive
position by increasing efficiency, shortening time-to-market, and enhancing their end user experience. We have developed a reputation and track record of delivering consistently high quality service
that has enabled us to establish long-term strategic relationships with many of our clients, translating into significant revenue growth and recurring business.

We
utilize our deep industry- and domain-specific expertise to develop innovative high quality software for our clients' core products, processes and applications. We focus on six
industry verticals that have significant and growing demand for IT services and consider innovative technology to be a top priority in achieving their business goals: financial services; automotive
and transport; travel and aviation; technology; telecom; and energy. Across these industry verticals, we utilize a wide variety of modern technologies and have developed expertise in a number of
domain practices, the most important of which are supported by our Centers of Expertise ("COEs"): big data; open source; mobile; Agile; and user interface, user experience and human machine interface
("UI/UX/HMI"). Each COE focuses on the research and development of its respective domain practice and has a dedicated pool of resources, including its own budget, time and IT professionals. We believe
the combination of our broad range of services and solutions, and our deep industry and domain expertise, allows us to work concurrently on multiple mission critical engagements for a single client,
leaving us well positioned to increase our share of our clients' core technology budgets.

We
serve large multinational corporations primarily in Western Europe and North America that rely on our IT solutions and software development capabilities for many of their mission
critical systems. For the year ended March 31, 2014, a significant portion of our sales was toFortune Global 500companies, including Deutsche
Bank, UBS, Harman, Boeing, Avaya and Citi. During this period, we derived 45.7% of our sales from clients located in Europe, 41.9% from clients in North America, and 12.4% from clients in other
geographies. As of March 31, 2014, seven out of our top ten clients have been with us for five or more years and, in the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2014, March 31, 2013
and March 31, 2012, the majority of our new clients were referred to us.

The
scope of our services ranges from handling standard outsourcing client-directed engagements to managed delivery and transformational engagements. Recently, we have experienced an
increased demand for managed delivery services, by which we assume full control of the project team, including the project manager, lead analyst and lead architect, and manage all facets of execution.
In managed delivery engagements, we have a higher degree of control over the staffing mix and the deployment of resources across our global dedicated delivery platform. These engagements allow us to
embed ourselves in our client's business, thereby increasing client loyalty and barriers to entry for competition. In some cases, our long-standing relationships with large multinational clients have
led to transformational engagements and engagements in which we replace a portion of the client's entire IT team and interface directly with the internal end user, instead of merely augmenting our
client's IT department. We seek to continually improve our delivery by using optimized development methodologies, such as Agile. Agile methodology entails the delivery of software at frequent
iterations by cross-functional geographically distributed teams, often working remotely across various time zones. This and other delivery methodologies reduce time-to-market and lower development
costs for our clients.

We
operate through a global dedicated delivery model. We provide our services and deliver our solutions from sixteen delivery centers located primarily in CEE, including in Bulgaria,
Poland, Romania, Russia and Ukraine, where we have access to a significant pool of highly educated IT professionals who possess technical expertise and business domain knowledge. We also have delivery
centers in Germany, Vietnam, the UK, and the United States. Our CEE delivery centers are

45

---



Table of Contents

strategically
located near current and potential client sites in Eastern and Western Europe and are designed to meet our clients' security and infrastructure requirements. We believe that our global
delivery model allows us to better serve our clients, providing us with agility, logistical and time zone convenience and the cost advantage of having fewer dedicated on-site personnel. We also
believe the similarities in engineering culture between CEE and our primary revenue-generating geographiesEurope and the U.S.afford us a competitive advantage over non-CEE
based competitors in pursuing engagements in those geographies.

We
believe that our strong brand, corporate culture, and our focus on efficient innovation and our client's business goals and outcomes, allow us to successfully recruit and retain
highly qualified IT engineers and developers ("IT professionals"). As of March 31, 2014, we had 7,519 personnel of whom 6,366 were IT professionals. As of March 31, 2014, over 80% of our
IT professionals held Master's degrees (or Master's degree equivalents in certain jurisdictions) or higher, and approximately 75% of our personnel had more than five years of industry experience,
which we believe is more than most publicly traded Indian offshoring companies. We support our growth through our human resources infrastructure that allows us to scale the workforce globally as our
business grows. During the year ended March 31, 2014, we hired, on average, more than 312 IT professionals per month.

Our
work has earned us significant client recognition, including from our large multinational clients such as Deutsche Bank, which formally recognized us in 2013 as their strategic
vendor partner in Global Technology and awarded us its Relationship Excellence Award for our "sustained and structured approach in nurturing and building a new basis for doing business to deliver
superior outcomes." We also received a Performance Excellence Award in 2014 from Boeing. Luxoft became the only IT outsourcer listed among the winning vendors. Together with Ford, we have won the 2014
Outsourcing Excellence Award in nomination "Most Innovative" for the relationships that tangibly demonstrate best practices, create and sustain a competitive advantage, provide business
transformation, achieve compelling value, and significantly benefit both buyer and service provider over time.

The
quality of our operational processes has been recognized by our Capability Maturity Model Integration, or CMMI, Level 5 certification, which is the highest level of the
Software Engineering Institute's CMMI categorization for measuring the maturity of software development processes.

We
have experienced significant growth over the last three years. Our sales have grown from $198.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2011 to $398.3 million in the
year ended March 31, 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 26.2%. Our net income has grown from $25.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2011 to
$51.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, representing a CAGR of 25.5%. As of March 31, 2014, we had over 130 active clients and 23 high potential accounts ("HPA"),
including Citi, Credit Suisse, Delphi, and Halliburton. In the aggregate, these accounts generated approximately $40 million in revenue during the last financial year, which represents at least
100% year-over-year growth. We define HPA as a client account which according to management's estimates, has potential to reach at least $5 million in recurring annual revenues within three
years since the inception of such account. Our management determines which of our clients should be considered HPAs. Out of 23 HPAs, 16 were established during the past 12 months.

Industry background

IT services outsourcing and offshoring

For a multinational corporation to remain competitive and meet the increasingly diverse needs of its worldwide client base, it must
have sufficiently high-quality underlying IT architecture, stay current with constant technological evolution and have access to high-quality IT talent at a competitive cost. Furthermore, the
combination of shrinking product lifecycles and the scarcity and associated cost of local IT engineering talent are driving companies to increasingly rely on the capabilities of IT outsourcing firms,
instead of, or in addition to, their own offshore IT operations.

46

---



Table of Contents

Multinational
corporations seek IT services providers that have industry-specific knowledge, the ability to manage dynamic, short development cycles, scale and recruit talent with
relevant expertise, agility, cost effectiveness and global delivery capabilities. Furthermore, IT spending is becoming more aligned with companies' broader business strategies towards innovation.
According to Forrester in its August 2012 report "Thrive With Sustained Innovation in the Empowered BT Era", "innovation has become a primary source of growth and competitive advantage, and the need
for innovation underpins senior business leaders' top three issues. ... Neither IT organizations nor firms sustain innovation by themselves, just as few firms are vertically integrated today for any
other business activity." The increased importance of IT-related decisions requires companies to look for providers with specific domain practice and vertical expertise, as opposed to generalists with
commoditized skill sets. Reflecting these pervasive trends, International Data Corporation ("IDC"), in its report, Worldwide Services 2012-2016 Forecast Update, doc #237692, November 2012, estimates
that the worldwide IT services outsourcing market (excluding Business Process Outsourcing services) is expected to grow from $258.0 billion in 2011 to an estimated $318.0 billion in
2016.The offshore outsourcing business model has matured and evolved since its beginning in the early 1990s to provide proven advantages and fewer risks. In its report, Worldwide Offshore IT Services
2013-2017 Forecast, doc #240653, April 2013, IDC estimates the worldwide offshore IT services market will grow at a 12.4% CAGR from $46.3 billion in 2012 to $82.9 billion in 2017. The
outsourcing industry is also moving away from a singular focus on cost, towards a broader focus on efficiency and innovation. Multinational corporations no longer utilize IT outsourcing only in an
effort to achieve cost efficiencies and labor arbitrage, but also seek to increase agility and reduce complexity by replacing, or complementing in-house IT resources with outsourced IT.

The
financial crisis of 2008 and 2009 accelerated several trends in multinational corporations' sourcing strategies that have led to growth of the overall technology expertise
outsourcing market and changed the provider landscape. The first trend is the need to innovate while reducing costs. This is driving multinational corporations to seek talent with tailored skills, and
to expand the use of multiple providers in order to gain access to scalable and cost-effective resources. The second trend is increasingly thoughtful management of global vendor sourcing.
Multinational corporations vary the number of vendors they use based on their budgets, mission critical and discretionary needs, and prevailing business conditions. Therefore, many multinational
corporations may look to consolidate their outsourcing firms by using fewer vendors and focusing on those that provide high quality, expert services. In other cases, corporations may seek to
selectively add new vendors for additional or specialized expertise and/or geographic diversity in order to manage concentration risk. The third trend is the increasing importance of vendor possession
of such specialized expertise and solutions that address defined challenges specific to the client or to a given industry vertical. According to IDC, in its report, Worldwide Offshore IT Services
2013-2017 Forecast, doc #240653, April 2013, the markets for offshore application outsourcing and custom application development are expected to grow at a 14.4% and 10.1% CAGR, from
$8.3 billion and $10.4 billion in 2012 to $16.3 billion and $16.9 billion in 2017, respectively.

Trends of IT spend in key industry verticals

Financial services:Financial services industry has traditionally been one of the most IT-intensive industries. We believe that three
broad trends
will drive financial services IT spending in the short term: ongoing cost optimization, especially in light of contracting margins in this industry, predominantly via outsourcing; modernization of
mostly in-house developed, vertical-specific legacy systems; and the introduction of new technologies and processes (e.g. mobile and cloud) to support new

47

---



Table of Contents

emerging
business lines within investment banking and other areas, as well as new financial products. Other trends in various segments of the financial services industry
include:



Our
clients in this vertical include Deutsche Bank, UBS and Citi.



IT spend in the automotive and transport industry is increasingly driven by improving safety and regulatory requirements, focus on fuel
economy and the emergence of electrical vehicles and rapidly evolving infotainment, human machine interface ("HMI") and advanced driver assist systems. Ensuring safety and limiting driver distraction
while improving the in-car experience is becoming one of the key priorities of OEMs and their immediate suppliers. Our clients in this vertical include Harman and Ford.

Travel and aviation:Rebounding passenger traffic and evolving safety and security standards will require travel and aviation companies
to
increasingly depend on advancing technological systems. Moreover, the increasing penetration of mobile technologies is forcing travel providers to invest in internal and user-facing applications, such
as mobile systems and apps for engineers and booking systems for smart phones and in-flight entertainment platforms for end-customers. With increasing cost and competitive pressures, travel and
aviation companies will continue to be attracted to high quality, low cost IT services and solutions providers. Our clients in this vertical include Boeing, Expedia and Sabre.

Technology:With the continued migration to new operating systems and open standards, the escalating adoption of cloud technologies and
increasing
mobile, high performance, cross platform and smart electronics development and proliferation of new concepts, such as the Internet of Things, technology companies are required to keep pace with rapid
technological evolution. They seek vendors who can help them address product engineering tasks that cover the entire technology stack spanning from low-level embedded software to media processing
algorithms to cloud-based services to mobile apps. Our clients in this vertical include AMD and Loewe.

Telecom:The growth of tablets and smart phones, combined with the accelerating growth of video and multimedia traffic, will continue to
increase the
demands on network providers' networks and
enterprises' systems. The growth in adoption of wireless communications (including 4G/LTE), virtualization technologies and cloud computing will require service providers and enterprises to further to
invest in their data infrastructure. Our clients in this vertical include Avaya and Hirschmann.

Energy:With an aging energy distribution infrastructure and increased regulatory pressures to implement smart grid and demand response
services, the
IT needs of energy companies will continue to grow. Furthermore, the popularity and progress of green and renewable technologies combined with the ever-increasing need to cut costs is expected to
drive demand for innovative, high quality and low cost

48

---



Table of Contents

IT
services providers. Our clients in this vertical include Alstom, Synergy Energy and Kent Country Council.

Growth of CEE as a services delivery location

Availability of high quality talent

CEE's large pool of highly educated and experienced IT professionals with strong technical skills makes the region an appealing
outsourcing destination. Countries in CEE have historically demonstrated a strong focus on technical education, exemplified by the high proportion of students in this region completing higher
education in the areas of applied math, physics, and engineering. Students from universities in CEE have also historically dominated world computer programming competitions. Four out of the top five
finalists in the 2012 ACM ICPC programming competition World Finals were from universities in CEE. Based upon data provided by The Economist Intelligence Unit, we believe that wages in Eastern Europe
are 75% and 82% lower than wages in Western Europe and the U.S., thus offering significant cost savings to those utilizing a CEE-based labor force. The availability of human resources throughout the
region allows providers to be as agile and scalable as necessary.

Increasing popularity of near-shoring

As the model for offshoring has evolved, the industry has seen the emergence of near-shoring, which involves outsourcing to countries
with lower labor costs that are in geographical and/or time zone proximity to client locations. Near-shoring improves communication between clients and delivery teams, increases efficiency, reduces
complexity and risks and increases the ultimate value delivered to clients. Given the physical proximity, cultural affinity, ease of travel, minimal time zone difference and high quality talent
offered by CEE, this region is becoming an increasingly popular destination for near-shoring and a diversification alternative for Western European companies, as well as European divisions of large
global companies.

Government support for IT industry in CEE

The CEE region's IT industry is supported by favorable governmental policies. Russia has announced a number of initiatives to promote
IT growth as part of a broader focus on modernization and innovation. For example, qualified IT companies under the Russian Tax Code benefit from a substantially reduced rate on contributions payable
to social and pension funds and an exemption on value added tax in certain circumstances. In 2007, the Ukrainian Parliament introduced the law "On the Foundations of the Development of Ukrainian
Information Society in 2007-15" which was followed by an action plan to promote and strengthen Ukraine's IT sector. In July 2012, the Ukrainian government introduced significant incentives by adopting
a new Law No. 5091-VI, which reduced corporate tax rates for IT companies, and exempted sales of certain software products from value added taxes ("VAT"). The applicable tax period under this
law is from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2023. The Romanian government has also recognized the IT sector as a priority for the national economy. A number of government policies, such as
the exemption from income taxes of programmers who are employed by software companies and who satisfy certain criteria, including graduation from certain universities have been put in place to foster
further growth of the sector in the country. Further, starting February 1, 2013 the allowed R&D deduction that was introduced into the Romanian Fiscal Code effective on January 1, 2009
was increased to 50% of the eligible expenses from R&D activities from the taxable profit base, instead of the previous 20%. In addition, effective July 1, 2014, tax exemption for reinvested
profit became applicable for profit reinvested in technological equipment, machines, work equipment and installations used for business purposes, provided that certain conditions are met. The tax
incentive is applicable for new equipment produced or purchased after July 1, 2014 and commissioned before December 31, 2016.

49

---



Table of Contents

In addition, in 2012, the Romanian Government started a state aid program for support of investments promoting regional development by using new technologies and
creating working places. In the third quarter of 2013, our subsidiary Luxoft Professional Romania ("Luxoft Romania") applied to participate in this state aid program and received the requisite
approvals in February 2014. As a condition to being accepted into the state aid program and receiving a 40% reimbursement from the Romanian Government of the total salary costs of new workers during
the period of 24 months starting on their respective hiring dates, Luxoft Romania undertook to: (i) make an investment in equipment, furniture, licenses of approximately $550,000 during
2014 and 2015, as part of the investment plan submitted to the Romanian Government, and to maintain the investment for a period of five years thereafter, (ii) to hire 250 workers during 2014
and 2015 and to maintain the new working places for a period of five years after the first payment of the state grant related to each new working place, as part of the hiring plan submitted to the
Romanian Government and (iii) to pay to the state budget, in the course of 5 years from the completion date of the investment, social tax payments of approximately $12.9 million,
as stated in the business plan Luxoft Romania submitted to the Romanian Government.

Finally,
in 2013 the government of Bulgaria implemented measures to support IT companies, including reimbursement of the portion of social security contributions required to be made by
employers in relation to newly hired personnel in Bulgaria. We were recently awarded a grant providing for the reimbursement of the social security contributions we must pay in relation to new
employees we hire in Bulgaria. This incentive should apply to remuneration to be paid by us to such employees during the first year of employment.

For
all third party data, see "Preliminary NotesSpecial Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements".

Competitive strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors:

Deep vertical expertise with focus on innovative service offerings and solutions.We continue to focus on six industry verticals
that are technology-
and data-intensive, that, we believe, present a large and growing market opportunity. To enhance our expertise, we recruit highly skilled IT professionals with significant understanding of
industry-specific business operations and issues and substantial technology experience. We have also built substantive practice areas within our verticals to address our clients' most pressing
problems, such as risk management, reference data, and asset-backed securities within the financial services vertical. We invest in research and development to create cross-functional and
vertical-specific proprietary products and platforms that help us deliver our services rapidly and cost-effectively. Most recently we have cooperated with Ford to develop an open-source car
connectivity technology, called SmartPhoneLink. This new open standard combines the features of Ford's AppLink software with our open source platform, iviLink, among others. Other examples of our
solutions include a mobile financial information dashboard iStockTrack, a comprehensive advanced data visualization tool Horizon, and open source-based test automation frameworks for network equipment
Twister for telecom vertical.

Strong domain practices anchored by COEs.Over the past several years, we have developed expertise in domain practices,
including our five key domain
practices: big data, open source, mobile, Agile, and UI/UX/HMI. We believe these domain practices are critical to the ongoing success of our clients. To support the development of our domain
practices, we have established COEs specifically dedicated to the research and development of each of our key domain practices. Each COE has a dedicated pool of resources, including its own budget,
time and IT professionals. We believe that our domain practice knowledge, applied within the industry vertical context of our clients' business needs, provides us with a strong competitive advantage.
We rely on the strength of our programmers to integrate a wide variety of programming languages, hardware platforms, operating systems and third-

50

---



Table of Contents

party
software to meet emerging trends. Our focused investment in people, platforms and technology allows us to compete effectively with other vendors for additional business from our clients. It also
helps our clients optimize their own technology and processes, achieve crucial business goals and become more competitive.

Long-term relationships with multinational clients.Our largest clients consist primarily ofFortune
Global
500companies such as Deutsche Bank, UBS, Boeing, Harman, Avaya and Citi. As of March 31, 2014, seven out of our top ten clients have been with us for five or more years
and we experience very low client turnover. Many of our large client relationships began as stand-alone pilot projects, the success of which enabled us to win additional mission critical, multi-year
development engagements. Because of our delivery of consistently high quality and innovative results, our relationship with many of these clients evolved into large scale collaborative relationships
and managed delivery engagements whereby we entered into outcome-based arrangements with our clients. We generally enter into multi-year master services agreements with our clients that encompass
multiple stages of their IT development cycle. The dedicated teams of IT professionals we assign to each client combined with a personnel attrition rate that we believe to be lower than many other
industry players, results in the continuity of personnel and, importantly, the retention of know-how and strengthening of client relationships. We leverage these deep relationships to develop a
sophisticated understanding and extensive knowledge of our clients' businesses, both of which result in higher quality services, better business outcomes and further strengthen our client
relationships.

Highly educated, experienced and loyal workforce.We are committed to recruiting, developing and maintaining a work force of
high quality IT
professionals. We have invested significant resources to grow from 2,619 IT professionals as of March 31, 2009 to 6,366 technically sophisticated IT professionals as of March 31, 2014.
Some of our delivery locations, such as Bulgaria, Poland, Romania, Russia, Ukraine, and Vietnam are strategically established in regions with large pools of highly skilled engineers and a strong focus
on technical education. As of March 31, 2014, we had a human resources staff of 352 people, which included over 190 people dedicated to direct recruiting efforts. As of March 31, 2014,
over 80% of our IT professionals held Master's degrees or higher (or Master's degree equivalents in certain jurisdictions) with a focus on science and engineering, and over 75% of our personnel had
more than five years of IT industry experience. Furthermore, we utilize the strong ties we have built with the leading local colleges and universities in CEE and Vietnam, as well as our existing
reputation as an employer of choice, to continue attracting and retaining highly educated IT professionals. We have six training centers throughout Russia and Ukraine, one training center in Romania
and two in Poland. We have also implemented professional career development programs, such as High Performers Club and Internal Mobility programs, that help us identify, recognize, develop new
expertise and then promote our most talented and innovative employees. These highly-skilled and experienced IT professionals help us strengthen our brand, significantly lower our attrition, enhance
our corporate culture, which, in turn, allows us to continue attract and retain such professionals.

Global delivery platform.Our secure delivery centers in Bulgaria, Poland, Romania, Russia, Ukraine, Romania, the UK, U.S. and
Vietnam allow us to
provide managed delivery and value added services for software development and innovative IT solutions. We distribute our high complexity work to client-facing industry specialists in tier-one
locations, such as Krakow, Poland; Bucharest, Romania; Kiev, Ukraine; and our lower complexity work to lower-cost, industry generalists in tier-two locations, such as Omsk, Russia; Dnipropetrovsk,
Ukraine; and Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. This enables us to increase the utilization of our IT professionals by effectively allocating work based on resource and talent requirements to balance cost and
achieve scalability, and mitigates certain economic risks, such as wage inflation, that might affect any single geography. Our dedicated delivery centers are distributed across time zones among our
delivery locations and consist of teams of IT professionals dedicated to a single client. This set-up allows us to work seamlessly for clients in different time zones and maintain a cultural and
geographic cohesiveness with our clients' on-site teams. We believe that serving our clients

51

---



Table of Contents

by
means of this model, combined with the mission critical nature of engagements, reduces the risk that our clients will switch vendors and drives recurring revenue. We have been keeping, on average,
91% of our work force off-site, which is intended to reduce our costs by limiting the use of expensive on-site personnel. In line with our recently launched Global Upgrade program, we intend to
increase the onsite ratio of the delivery personnel up to 15% of the total delivery headcount over the next two years, thereby continuing to take advantage of the cost structure resulting from the
significant off-site presence.

Strong and experienced management team.We benefit from the effective leadership of an international management team with
diverse backgrounds and
extensive experience in IT services. Each member of our senior management team has on average more than 15 years of industry experience, and has extensive experience in working both inside and
outside of CEE for large and multinational corporations. Our CEO has been with us since our inception in 2000, and many of our managers have been with us for seven or more years. Moreover, our
management team has successfully guided our rapid expansion primarily through organic growth.

Strategies

Our goal is to become the provider of choice for core systems and mission critical software that enhance business outcomes and help
enterprises remain competitive. Typically,
within our six verticals we specifically target HPAs, which are large multinational companies that require significant amounts of sophisticated IT services and solutions on an on-going basis with an
intention to become an embedded, strategic provider for their high-end technology needs. To substantially grow business with these accounts, we follow our Anchor-Develop-Grow model: we aim to
successfully complete smaller engagements at the Anchor stage; then we undertake a longer term engagement, upon completion of which we aim to become a strategic vendor during the Develop stage; and
finally, we increase the amount of services to the existing business and expand the offering to other business lines during the Grow stage. We intend to expand our offerings to current clients and to
win business from new clients by pursuing the following:

Develop new capabilities and service offerings within our verticals.We plan to expand our offerings to large multinational
clients with whom we
already have a strong relationship, and to win new clients within our six industry verticals. We intend to use our multi-site global dedicated delivery model, vertically aligned client-facing teams
and innovative industry-specific products and platforms to increase our share of high value engagements and diversify across our existing clients' divisions and departments. For example, in automotive
and transport, we opened a center of expertise in Stuttgart, Germany in August 2013, to be in close proximity and better serve our clients in the vertical. This delivery center has an important role
in the existing dedicated model specifically focusing on design and development of user interfaces (UIs), user experience (UX) for car HMI, driver workload management solutions and smartphone and
applications integration. Further, in financial services, we seek to expand beyond services for investment banking and sales and trading, and increasingly target new sources of revenues, such as risk
management, regulatory reporting, fixed income, asset-backed securities and wealth management. We also seek to expand our service offerings in all of our verticals by taking over our clients' captive
IT operations, which also benefits clients by reducing the total cost of ownership. We will continue to proactively invest in and develop our innovative proprietary solutions around emerging
technologies, supporting trends and critical client needs in our industry verticals.

Leverage domain practice expertise to win new business.We intend to leverage the domain practice expertise we have developed in
each of our five
COEs, and to develop new technical expertise. We believe that our continued dedication to several key domain practices will result in substantial business outcomes for clients who use our services and
solutions, and will translate into more business for us. For example, we apply our open source-related expertise to integrate license and royalty-free software

52

---



Table of Contents

into
our clients' legacy systems, generating significant cost savings and improving operational efficiency of their core systems. In addition to being helpful to existing clients, we plan to use the
products and platforms we have developed within our domain practices as pre-sale tools to demonstrate our capabilities to new clients.

Continue to expand our managed delivery model.In an effort to better serve our clients' needs, we are transitioning a
significant portion of our
engagements to managed delivery. We believe managed delivery provides meaningful advantages for both our clients and our operations. For clients, managed delivery greatly enhances visibility,
transparency and cost predictability of the outsourcing process, thereby reducing their risks. For us, managed delivery is a means of expanding our role in our clients' projects, thereby embedding us
in our clients' core IT operations and ensuring stability of our on-going relationships with these clients. Managed delivery, especially when used in conjunction with Agile methodologies, improves
utilization of our IT professionals and resources, streamlines the engineering of complex distributed systems, and increases the visibility of our potential revenue stream and the scalability of our
operations. It also allows us to gain real-time knowledge of our clients' business, thus further growing our expertise in given business domain practices, ensuring our quality service and increasing
client loyalty. Our aim is to increase our ownership of client projects to the point of providing transformational engagements and those within which we substantially or fully replace a portion of our
clients' IT departments.

Continue to develop our proprietary products and platforms.We will continue to develop our existing proprietary products,
platforms and
demonstrators to showcase our expertise in a given domain, further enhance capabilities of existing solutions, and to create new products and platforms. For example, our technology demonstrator
AllView, utilizes an in-house reference design platform for creating an in-vehicle user experience (UX), linking instrument cluster, head unit and mobile devices. Based on SmartDeviceLink Profiles
(SDLP), an extension to GENIVI's SmartDeviceLink (SDL) open source connectivity technology, AllView shows automakers the possibilities in optimizing car user experience and improving safety by
reducing driver distraction, while encouraging third-party application development. Our product Horizon can be further developed by adding calculation, reference data and analytics tools. We also
intend to selectively acquire industry-leading solutions developed by our clients with our active involvement. We believe that expanding our portfolio of products and platforms differentiates us from
other software services providers. These proprietary assets also will help us target aspects of our clients' software budgets that were not previously accessible to us, and will position us well for
growth.

Attract and retain top quality talent.To support our growth and maintain our competitive position as a leading high-end IT
service provider, we plan
to grow our highly skilled employee base by continuing to execute our rigorous sourcing and hiring practices and enhancing our brand as an employer of choice in the industry. We will scale our human
resources infrastructure as our business grows. In addition, we will seek to maintain our low attrition rates through our internal training programs and employee initiatives, including rewards and
incentives for high-performing employees. We also intend to build on our successful track record of establishing delivery centers in CEE, where we have access to highly educated IT professionals at
attractive wages. We have successfully opened delivery centers in Sophia, Bulgaria; Stuttgart, Germany; Krakow and Wroclaw, Poland; Bucharest, Romania, Ho Shi Min City, Vietnam and plan to continue
opening delivery centers in CEE and other emerging markets that strategically fit into our existing delivery network.

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions and strategic partnerships.While we focus primarily on organic growth, we intend to
pursue predominantly
complementary acquisitions that would expand our technological or domain knowledge and client relationships. For example, smaller specialized software engineering services firms or relevant assets
that will accelerate our growth, expand and/or complement our existing solution offerings, expertise and HPA client base. We are continuously identifying and

53

---



Table of Contents

reviewing
such potential acquisitions. We are currently evaluating several acquisitions opportunities, which we would seek to complete within the next year. We are also looking to form strategic
partnerships with industry leaders by which we can create significant synergies for global enterprises who engage us to provide services within our key verticals of focus. For example, in November
2013, we joined efforts with Spirent, which is a leader in testing, measurement and service assurance in the telecom industry. We will work together in two formats: one is focused on the provision of
professional services for test automation with Spirent's clientswho are the world's leading networking and telecommunication providers. The other is related to the new version of Twister
that is supplied with the new SDN-related capabilities. We believe that our solutions and superior engineering and domain expertise will enhance our success in forming similar partnerships and
strategic alliances.

Recent Initiatives

In March 2014, we launched "Luxoft: Global Upgrade" corporate change program, which spans across internal and external elements of our
business. The aim is to mitigate current concentration-related risks, secure further business and revenue growth, and change current perception. The program entails five pillars:

Global Management:we have plans to have a majority of our executives based in our operating headquarters in Zug, Switzerland. Further,
we are
planning to expand our presence that will span across several management layers in key client-operating geographies in the U.S. and Western Europe.

Global Customer Service:we are planning to shift the main point of client interaction to be primarily
onsite. At the same time, we aim to limit our onsite headcount not to exceed 15% of the total delivery personnel, as compared to less than 10% of that as of March 31, 2014. This includes global
account and global delivery management functions.

Global Delivery:our goal is to limit exposure to any geography to not more than 30% of the engineering headcount in the mid-term and
25% in the long
term. We plan to achieve this goal by means of accelerated hiring in each respective EU location while moving some of the current staff from Russia and Ukraine to seed and train the new teams. We
currently expect that the move will affect 500 core delivery professionals in the next 12 months, which represents less than 7% of the total employee headcount as of March 31,
2014. We do not intend at this time to lay off personnel to achieve this goal and intend to continue our recruitment in Russia and Ukraine, although at a moderate pace as compared to 2013. In addition
to the EU, we are also planning to further expand our dedicated global delivery model in Asia Pacific and other regions in the mid- to long-term. We also intend to moderately increase our onsite
delivery operations, including key delivery / account managers, not to exceed 15% of the total delivery headcount at any given time. Lastly, we plan to ensure that our internal mobility program also
includes a list of international locations.

Global Communications:we plan to deploy all relevant means to better reflect the substance and the scale of our business. We are in the
process of
further developing internal and external elements to ensure that we maintain a cohesive message throughout our organization and to all target audiences that we are a global company: for our clients,
employees, analysts and investors.

Global Culture:we are planning a number of activities and internal messages for our global employee base to emphasize the concept of
"one global
team" more explicitly. We are compiling a series of steps to review and optimize current team collaboration processes, such as organizing a series of sessions on global culture upgrade that inspire
management teams to lead by example and encourage various cross-location /cultural activities.

Within
each of these pillars the goal is to reconcile the market perception of our Company with the actual state of the business, as supported by operational metrics and assessed by the
management,

54

---



Table of Contents

and
to upgrade and fulfill any gap in one or both of those in comparison to the multinational company standards. This change is consistent with our mid- to long-term strategy.

Our services

Our software development service offerings consist of three primary categories:

Custom software development and support services

We provide a comprehensive set of core and mission critical software development servicesincluding application software
development, software architecture design, performance engineering, optimization and testing, process consulting and software quality assuranceto enterprise clients in our financial
services, automotive and transport, travel and aviation, and energy verticals. Our services span the entire development lifecycle, and combine sophisticated processes for solving complex problems with
domain and business knowledge, project management tools and global delivery capabilities. In certain cases we also provide maintenance and support services for the software and applications that we
have developed for our clients. In addition, we provide re-engineering and migration services for transferring legacy applications to our clients' new operating systems and enhancing their
functionality.

Product engineering and testing

We provide a wide range of product engineering services for the full product lifecycleincluding functional specification
and mock-ups, product design, engineering, automated testing, maintenance, support and performance engineeringto our clients in the technology, telecom, automotive and transport and
energy verticals. We provide product engineering services by assembling specialized teams of IT professionals who use Agile development methodologies to deliver our work product incrementally.

Technology consulting

Our technology consulting services are designed to address clients' needs in each of our six verticals, while leveraging our in-depth
expertise in technology and our best practices to optimize their software processes and data security procedures. Our technology consulting services generate a small portion of our sales and include
IT strategy consulting, software engineering process consulting and data security consulting. We use our best practices, methodologies and frameworks to assist clients in establishing and improving
their software development processes, including metrics analysis, quality control and appraisal procedures.

Our solutions

Our solutions, consisting of products and platforms, are a small but growing portion of our business model. Our products are part of
our current portfolio of proprietary solutions that we have not commercialized in the past. However, we intend to grow our future sales using these products as stand-alone software and as a part of
our software development services offering. Our platforms are also a part of our proprietary solutions portfolio that we utilize within the scope of our software development services to clients. Most
of our platform components are available under non-commercial open source licenses to allow potential users quickly evaluate the characteristics of the technology, but these components are not
sufficient for a commercial use.

55

---



Table of Contents

The
list of our products and platforms is as follows:



Horizon:Horizon is an Advanced Data Visualization Framework: set of insightful, pre-designed dynamic and actionable dashboards, with
advanced
navigation workflow and business logic. Originally developed to provide firm-wide/consolidated view on Regulatory and Compliance (Audit findings), Market, Credit, Treasury, and Liquidity risks and
other financial information that found application with other enterprise clients during fiscal 2014. For example, Luxoft has successfully completed the task set by a Non-Commercial Partnership NP
GLONASS to provide multiple views of call processing data for subsequent analysis of ERA-GLONASS performance. However, Horizon remains to be a revolutionary centralized system for risk and compliance,
tracking deficiencies and analyzing the correlations between risk silos and their impact on business outcomes in a user-friendly simple manner. Combining an enterprise-wide financial data and risk
metrics, Horizon is the perfect technology, producing powerful HTML5-based dynamic dashboards in a fractional time to market, comparing to similar in-house built solutions. It creates a visualization
layer on top of clients' database to deliver data in a timely and integrated way. It provides an intuitive and highly effective visualization of any desired monitored metrics for a wide variety of
audiencesfrom senior executives and independent board members to heads of trading desks, who perform daily position analyses.

Twister:Twister is a new open source test automation solution developed for the enterprises communications market. Twister provides
telecom
equipment vendors, data system integrators and enterprise data services providers with a comprehensive open platform for testing telecommunication equipment, devices and related applications in the
distributed environment. Twister delivers an innovative approach to building resilient and adoptable test automation frameworks in the Cloud, thereby increasing operational productivity for the
clients within the telecom equipment sector due to its ability to run numerous testing processes simultaneously. This product makes testing, which is a critical part of the entire development process,
cost efficient, scalable and repeatable. The product allows our clients to increase the efficiency of their product development by reducing complexity and the length of the testing process, and
allowing them to view results faster.

iStockTrack:iStockTrack is a scalable product that helps build mobile applications for iOS-based devices (iPads and iPhones) for
clients in the
financial services sector. This product allows for quick and effective creation of a dashboard that can be further customized based on user specifications and grant access to news streams, market data
and other financial matters of the user's choice. This product consists of two parts: the user part that is uploaded onto an Apple device, and a back-end part, developed on a Java Enterprise
application basis. The user part is a set of components that visualize user-selected information, such as stock price, volume and volatility graphs, companies' financial statements, and various
financial analytics, in the easy-to-use intuitive format. One of the most important advantages of this product is the ease and effectiveness of interaction with the user, speed with which the user can
get to the desired information, quality of graphical and user interface, and the ability to quickly integrate information sources of choice, including the user's internal (i.e. from the
company's Ethernet) and external sources in the public domain. In February 2014, iSockTrack received the "Best of Show" award at Finovate Europe 2014 Conference in London.

Platforms

iviLink/smart Device Link Protocol (SDLP):SDLP was created on the basis of our iviLink to become a connectivity standard within
GENIVIan alliance of the world's leading automotive manufacturers. iviLink/SDLP is an in-car connectivity solution that enables seamless two-way integration between in-vehicle
infotainment systemssuch as head units of a car, car radios and rear seat entertainmentwith a wide variety of consumer devices built on operating systems like Android, Linux
and Apple iOS. iviLink provides OEMs and application developers with the ability to create and

56

---



Table of Contents

then
adapt mobile applications for in-car use. This reduces time-to-market for these applications and significantly reduces development costs. iviLink/SDLP's application programming interface
("API")-centric architecture is designed to preserve the unique user experience that usually is a branded feature of each OEM, while ensuring safety of these developed applications for further sharing
and integration. iviLink/SDLP operates over any standard serial linked connection, such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. Consistent with common industry practice, we promote iviLink to potential customers by
targeting their engineers and other technical staff, who regularly use websites such as gtihub.com to discover software technologies and systems that are free to use and download. We make certain
components of iviLink publicly available under a software license that places certain restrictions on its usage in a commercial setting, allowing potential users to quickly evaluate the iviLink
software for their needs and thereby allowing us to better market our services and software.

DMFusion:DMFusion is a software platform that enables utility companies, transmission system operators and energy retailers to develop
efficient
demand management solutions that can monitor and modify power generation and consumption, thus preventing outages, balancing demand distribution and reducing costs. DMFusion also enables small- and
medium-sized utility companies and smart grid solution vendors to address the challenges of non-technical distribution losses and unbilled revenue and to significantly improve grid management. This
platform combines sophisticated data processing and real-time analytics with easy to use visualization features for key components of a grid, including generation and other assets and transmission
infrastructure.

DMMessenger:DMMessenger is a comprehensive software platform designed specifically for the energy and utilities market to enhance
existing smart
grid solutions, including our DMFusion, with an effective, collaborative tool for energy consumption regulation. DMMessenger allows utilities companies to classify consumers by their load
(consumption) profiles and then identify a subset of consumers to receive targeted messages or requests for action in order to better regulate existing energy consumption. Consumers can respond to the
messages, including via social networks such as Facebook, and notify utility companies of whether they have accepted or declined their requests. The company can then reward those consumers who take
the requested action, thereby aiding green initiatives and optimizing energy consumption. While DMMessenger is designed for the energy and utilities segment, its architecture allows for efficient
processing of big data using cloud storage and can be applied in other vertical areas.

TEORA:TEORA is a framework for rapid development of automotive HMI. It includes a development environment consisting of applications
for rapid
prototyping, code generation and design of screens layout, displayed messages, and other features, combined with a set of tools for various components and platforms, such as Linux and QNX. The main
differentiators of this platform are its flexibility in accommodating new technologies, such as HTML5, and its ability to combine different technologies, such as HTML5 and Flash. Through a combination
of TEORA and iviLink/SDLP, we are able to offer a full spectrum of in-vehicle infotainment and connectivity solutions for OEMs and their first tier suppliers.

AllView:AllView is a holistic user-experience demonstrator. AllView is a proof of concept utilizing Luxoft's reference design platform
for creating
an in-vehicle user experience (UX). AllView links together instrument cluster, head unit and mobile devices. Based on SmartDeviceLink Profiles (SDLP), an extension to GENIVI's SmartDeviceLink (SDL)
open source connectivity technology, AllView enables automakers to optimize the car user experience and improve safety by reducing driver distraction, while encouraging third-party application
development.

57

---



Table of Contents

Our verticals

We have developed specific expertise and grown our business in six industry
verticals:



The
following table sets forth our sales by vertical, by amount and as a percentage of our sales for the periods indicated:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
SalesIndustry VerticalFinancial services

$
141,836


52.3
%
$
172,086


54.7
%
$
238,712


59.9
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Automotive and transport


21,414


7.9


25,945


8.3


44,875


11.3​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Travel and aviation


38,892


14.3


38,976


12.4


37,206


9.3​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Technology


29,258


10.8


36,123


11.5


33,505


8.4​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Telecom


31,230


11.5


31,587


10.0


32,076


8.1​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Energy


7,190


2.7


8,236


2.6


9,973


2.5​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other


1,322


0.5


1,643


0.5


1,984


0.5​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
271,142


100
%
$
314,596


100
%
$
398,331


100
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Financial services

Financial services industry is our largest vertical. Since we began working with financial services companies as clients in 2005, we
have been engaged by global institutions to develop, deploy, and maintain a broad range of systems. We provide our clients with complex end-to-end engineering services and solutions, such as the
development of trading platforms, risk management systems, clearing and settlement solutions, low latency exchange connectivity adapters. We have also developed comprehensive risk visualization and
mobile products and platforms that are specifically focused on clients in the financial services sector. We possess not only expertise within technical domain practices that are crucial to financial
services, such as big data, mobile and open source, but also within business domain practices such as reference data management, risk management, trading and transacting and Fixed Income Clearing
Corporation (FICC).

Automotive and transport

In our automotive vertical we provide product development and system engineering services to various categories of automotive and
transport industry players including car manufacturers (OEMs), tier-one and tier-two suppliers and diversified service companies. Our main focus is in-vehicle infotainment ("IVI") systems that cover a
broad range of modern car functionality and state of the art features from multimedia and connectivity (MirrowLink, Apple CarPlay, AppLink) , to navigation,

58

---



Table of Contents

telematics,
HMI, digital clusters, computer vision, emergency call ("E-Call") and advanced driver assistance (ADAS). Our services cover the entire product development cycle from innovation vision and
design to prototyping, development, system testing, verification and infield car drives in Europe, North America, Russia and Asia. We have been investing in internal R&D programs aimed at creating
platforms and frameworks that may significantly reduce time and efforts required for development of new IVI and HMI solutions by our clients. Currently, our portfolio includes such platforms and
demonstrators as TEORA, Allview, and Computer Vision and Augmented Navi framework. We are an active member of different industry associations focused on developing unified standards for IVI systems,
such as GINIVI. We have been working together with Ford on developing a new code for open-source car connectivity technology, called SmartPhoneLink. The code combines the features of Ford's
AppLink software with our open-source iviLink and the codes of other developers, and will become a GINIVI standard. We will continue working with Ford and the entire developer community
on adding the vital and unique features of iviLink, such as symmetrical two-way application integration, to the new standard.

Travel and aviation

The travel and aviation industry faces many challenges, including changing regulatory and security requirements, fluctuating fuel
prices, intense competition and industry consolidation. Therefore, OEMs, suppliers, airlines, aircraft manufacturers, e-commerce travel providers and other participants in the travel and aviation
industry are looking to optimize their operating expenses, reduce environmental impact and improve passenger comfort, convenience and safety. Each of our senior managers in this vertical has more than
nine years of experience developing customized and integrated solutions for design, manufacturing and post-production support services in the travel and aviation industry. Our capabilities include
design of engineering data management and flight control systems, aircraft assembly and maintenance, airport ecosystem management and e-commerce and reservations system solutions for clients such as
airlines, hotels, car rentals companies, travel agencies and cruise lines.

Technology

Our technology vertical focuses on independent software vendors, chipset and computer electronics vendors and computer hardware
providers who rely on us to help them create innovative software-intensive products, solve software integration challenges and create and implement complex algorithms, while helping manage their
costs. Partnering with us allows these vendors to increase their efficiency, for example by reducing time-to-market for their products and enhancing R&D productivity. We deliver embedded development
and system verification of software components and tools for hardware produced by our technology clients, as well as high-performance transactional systems, real-time embedded applications and
application security.

Telecom

Today's carriers, MSOs and service providers are faced with intense competition, profit margin pressures, challenges relating to
network capacity, speed and quality, and new generation technologies requiring significant infrastructure investment. Our engineers are currently working on networking and data communication product
development projects for several leading global infrastructure equipment vendors in the telecommunications and networking industry sector. We assist our clients in the areas of voice, wireless and
wide area network (WAN) infrastructure, ethernet switching and router engineering development. We also perform operational support system services, security services, testing automation, hardware
virtualization and services for our clients' hybrid customer-premises equipment and cloud technologies. We are a participating member of the Open
Networking Foundation, which we believe is at the forefront of engineering development services in Software Defined Networking ("SDN") and network function virtualization (NFV), an exciting new area
of advanced networking and

59

---



Table of Contents

network
applications that accelerates time-to-market, offers scale and lowers engineering costs when using frameworks such as ours for development and test automation. In addition, we are enhancing
our capabilities in 4G/LTE wireless test automation and engineering development services. To support our efforts, we have independently developed an innovative product platform called Twister, an open
source, distributed test automation framework designed for enterprise communications market, which we intend to further enhance with additional innovative SDN and NFV-related solutions.

Energy

Electricity transmission and distribution:We provide software and hardware development services for leading energy companies, smart
grid vendors,
energy service companies, energy solutions vendors and energy equipment manufacturers across the globe. We primarily provide demand response, smart grid and net metering solutions in the following
areas: distribution and outage management; energy management components; market management modules; substation automation; supervisory control and data acquisition integration; standards integration;
demand management; network edge control framework; and mobile workplace applications. We have also independently developed innovative smart grid metering and demand management solutions, such as
DMFusion, which helps automate and integrate electrical networks, and DMMessenger, an energy consumer analysis and engagement tool that processes and segments high-volume meter data.

Oil & Gas:We provide services of software development for some of the key industry vendors. We help with development of
solutions on fields
of transmission, geologic and geophysical data visualization and interpretation, production allocation and modeling, unconventional resources production enhancement.



We also have five domains practices that stretch across our service offerings:

Mobile

Our mobile practice offers our clients full product lifecycle development of mobile applications. Our engineers have expertise in
mainstream mobile platforms, including iOS, Android and others, as well as specific frameworks for cross-platform development. These frameworks allow rapid building and deployment and cost effective
maintenance of products for a range of consumer devices, while providing a unique user experience. Our services span through every functional area, from user interface design to development of
server-side solutions to integration with enterprise back-end applications and payment systems. Our broad project portfolio includes a number of innovative applicationssuch as enterprise
dashboards, media monitoring systems, animated user guides, electronic document management, booking and reservation and home automation solutionsfor the travel, financial services,
retail, energy, automotive and other industries.

Agile

Our Agile practice helps clients develop new applications using Agile methodology and transition their existing enterprise development
processes such as Waterfall (end-to-end development with delivery upon the completion of defined tasks), into Agile. The principal differentiator of Agile methodology is its ability to deliver code
frequently and consistently, usually every two to four weeks. The Agile approach usually involves small cross-functional teams of engineers (Scrum teams) that work on the same project, often in a
distributed environment. The main advantage of utilizing Agile methodology, and a reason why we built a COE within the Agile practice, is its flexibility and quick response to change, which is
critical to our clients because of shrinking product lifecycles. Agile's client -driven iterative development lets the client steer projects, iteration by iteration, and determine execution

60

---



Table of Contents

priority.
This approach helps foster stronger client relationships, identifies mistakes and allows us to implement last minute changes without losing critical time and generating additional expenses.
It also enhances shared learning and communications processes and solidifies teamwork. We employ more than 140 certified Scrum Masters (CSM and PSM certifications) and more than 1500 Agile
Practitioners who consistently evolve our Agile practice and its applicable methodologies. Luxoft was recently accredited as an MTO of International Consortium for Agile ("ICAgile"). ICAgile develops
education tracks and learning objectives for its members' training classes, and accredits course materials for covering particular set of topics. We developed an Agile Fundamentals course covering all
learning objectives for ICAgile Certified Professional certification. The ICP's learning objectives focus on the Agile mindset, values, principles and foundational concepts. They are grounded in what
it means to be Agile and achieve organizational agility without specific focus on any single Agile methodology or framework (i.e. Scrum, XP, DSDM, SAFe, etc.). However, our course on Agile
Fundamentals provides overview of Scrum roles, artifacts and ceremonies so students understand examples of Agile practices implementation. We piloted this training program in several Luxoft offices
and more than 40 attendees are now recognized as ICAgile Certified Professionals, with many more to come in the near Future.

Big Data

Our big data practice delivers services and creates critical enterprise-wide solutions based on big data technologies and know-how. We
develop innovative approaches to comprehensive information storage, processing, and analysis in order to deliver business and operational benefits to our clients. Within this domain practice we
perform services focused on adapting an open-source software framework, Hadoop, that supports data-intensive distributed applications to the enterprise environment. This is the key differentiator of
our big data offering. We believe that our approach is vital for many strategic enterprise initiatives in various verticals, such as risk management and reporting in financial services, metering
information processing in energy and utilities, and data channel processing though SDN/OpenFlow architecture in telecoms. Our architects, consultants and developers utilizing their significant
engineering experience with large business-critical applications, combined with expertise in Hadoop-based systems development, engineered a solution accelerator and data transformation engines for
low-risk adoption of Hadoop to specific corporate requirements and rules. We partner with one of the market leaders in big data platforms for enterprises, Cloudera, and implement its innovative
technologies to maximize value of Hadoop adoption for enterprises. We have successfully delivered several critical projects for our largest clients in our financial services vertical during our last
fiscal year.

User Experience/HMI

Our UI/UX/HMI practice consists of concept development, prototyping and design development for car connectivity systems based on
various user studies. Its main focus is to create products and solutions that can manage and then present information in the car without distracting the driver, while making the in-car experience
seamless, effortless and interactive. Our engineers have years of experience in developing efficient, intelligent, reliable and user-friendly HMIs for the world's leading automakers. We believe that
these car features can become a distinct part of the brand strategy and value, and thus represent a competitive advantage for the OEMs.

Open Source

Our open source practice focuses on delivering services and creating platforms that maximize benefits of open source-based software
adoption for our clients. The goal of our open source services and solutions is to reduce our clients' costs by replacing expensive proprietary software with open source software. Also, due to the
crowdsourcing nature of software development in the open source environment, the applications that we select for our clients are often of better quality than the proprietary software we replace,
thereby increasing efficiency and related cost savings and business

61

---



Table of Contents

benefits.
We utilize Event Driven Architecture and our knowledge of Complex Event Processing technology to analyze our clients' systems and processes and then propose and build the necessary
infrastructure based on open source alternatives. Our team of engineers and architects utilizes extensive experience in open source and Service Oriented Architecture to build and implement scalable,
stable and responsive systems for our clients.

Selected case studies

UI/UX/HMI

Our client, a leading automotive supplier that provides advanced in-vehicle infotainment systems to leading OEMs, needed to design an
improved driving experience for a concept car that includes a personalized interface between the driver, the car, and the cloud. Our expertise in each of the required aspects of HMI and UI
development, including the development of specifications and engineering design, allowed us to execute this task. The project encompassed the development of personal and situational HMI, delivered to
the driver by means of surround view and augmented navigation, as well as the integration of near field communication ("NFC") technology. We built a system that combines advanced smartphone
integration technologies, a cloud-based radio platform, and flexible HMI design that includes gesture recognition. The new system delivers media-rich digital content into the car in an intuitive,
easy-to-use format intended to minimize driver distraction and comply with applicable laws and regulations. As the driver approaches the vehicle, the system connects with the driver's smartphone using
NFC to retrieve users' saved preferences, such as seat positions, favorite music, preferred HMI visualizations, emails, contacts, calendar entries and social media accounts. The entire development was
successfully completed in time for a major international auto show. As of May 30, 2014, approximately 800 engineers were working on 60 ongoing projects servicing this client from dedicated
delivery centers in Kiev and Odessa, Ukraine and Bucharest, Romania, Vietnam and Stuttgart, Germany.

Agile

Our client, an award-winning travel aggregator with thousands of reservations daily in 2012, was looking to improve its services. We
have been a preferred service provider for this client since the beginning of our relationship in 2006, and have consistently demonstrated that the application of Agile methodology to this client's
software development practices results in significant cost savings and efficiency gains. Based on this advice, the client approached us with a request to shift its internal software development and
delivery platform from a Waterfall approach to an Agile approach. Because the human factor is exceedingly important in the execution of Agile methodology, we expended particular efforts in training
and consulting with the client's IT professionals through workshops, trainings, dedicated Agile coaches working full-time with development teams, and frequent on-site visits. Our dedicated delivery
team's smooth transition of the client's software development processes to Agile development resulted in a substantial positive impact on the client's business. According to our client, the business
outcome of using the Agile methodology resulted in additional revenue, improved client conversion rates, reduced the time-to-market, reduced the total cost of ownership, and strengthened the client's
recognition within the travel business community.

Managed Delivery

Our client, a leading global bank, has decided to reallocate resources away from a part of their business over a multiyear period due
to a shift in their business model. This part of their business is important to our client's organization and must keep current with technological developments and compliant with changing regulatory
requirements, while balancing the need to manage costs efficiently. They have approached us to manage most aspects of the IT operations of this business segment, over a multiyear period. We believe we
have won this engagement because we are a trusted partner for our client with deep knowledge of financial products, regulatory needs and effective managed delivery.

62

---



Table of Contents

We
have been working with this client since 2006, starting with one engagement that deployed 30 engineers within IT support for Equities department. Historically, we have provided
a variety of application engineering and support across this enterprise, including trading, risk management systems and regulatory reporting, as well as helping them implement emerging technologies.
The majority of our engagements are transformational, supporting the client's technology strategy. We currently have multiple managed delivery projects and over 1,050 engineers working on them. A
large number of the projects are in investment banking, however we are growing with other areas of the global bank. We believe this particular project is mutually beneficial: our client has a trusted
partner to efficiently manage support of critical IT function at a predictable price; and we have the opportunity to learn more about the business and create opportunities for engagement of similar
scope in the future.

Risk Management

Our client, a leading global investment bank, needed to develop a bank-wide management information system to timely and effectively
monitor and analyze risks, control compliance, track regulatory updates and manage operational risks. The bank's business leaders wanted to substitute complex excel spreadsheets and PowerPoint
presentations with one stable source of visualized information that could also be provided in clear and concise format to the members of the bank's board of directors. None of the off-the-shelf
visualization solutions available on the market perfectly fit with what the business leaders had envisioned. Our client approached us with the need to provide a graphically rich and intuitive
application that gathers data into a user-friendly application for risk management officers and senior managers. As part of a team of IT developers, we created an intuitively operated
productalso available in a mobile platform-agnostic formatconsisting of a series of nine dashboards (credit, market, compliance, treasury,
etc.) that provide users with unique design and graphical data representations. Particularly valuable features of this product are its ability to create a centralized "single version of truth" across
an entire enterprise, and to view particular risks not only on a macro level, but also by drilling down to basic details. This product now has more than 900 unique users, was nominated for an
IT Industry Award, and has become a core system for the Regulatory & Compliance, Credit Risk, Global Credit Trading, COO, Treasury, and Risk operations within the bank. In December 2012, we
reached a mutually beneficial agreement with our client whereby we were able to add this product to our suite of proprietary products and platforms. We believe that this product, which has become a
flagship of our risk management practice, will help financial institutions achieve the desired responsiveness and transparency for their risk visualization and analysis processes.

Advanced business solutions

Luxoft Markets is one of our advanced business solutions. It is a premium consulting service which combines capital markets technology
expertise with a management team experienced in asset-backed securities and other securitized products. This deep market understanding helps us to interact directly with business users. We believe it
is an efficient way for organizations to get their software products and/or offerings to the market, with the ability to rapidly scale up or down while maintaining competitive cost base. Our value
proposition includes technology advisory, turnkey software solutions and technology outsourcing with a focus on pricing, trading, analytics and risk.

Our delivery centers

With delivery centers and on-site operations in CEE, Western Europe, North America and Southeast Asia, we service multinational
organizations through our global dedicated delivery model comprised of an optimized mix of near-shore, offshore and on-site delivery capabilities.

We
employ a small number of on-site IT professionals in the U.S., UK, Germany, Switzerland and Singapore. The sophistication of our off-shore delivery centers allowed us to keep 92% of
our

63

---



Table of Contents

personnel
off-site as of March 31, 2014, deploying personnel to client sites on an as-needed basis. Our on-site and offshore delivery teams are linked through common processes, collaboration
applications
and tools, and a secure communications infrastructure that enables global collaboration. This connectivity grants our clients a choice between managing their work through offshore, near-shore and
on-site delivery or any combination thereof.

As
of March 31, 2014, we employed 1,815 IT professionals in Russia, which represents approximately 29% of our IT professionals. Our Russian delivery centers leverage the country's
advanced technological climate and engineering legacy to build a talented, motivated team of IT professionals. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization ("UNESCO") estimates
that 28% of all graduates in Russia receive degrees in the field of science and technology. According to the October 31, 2013 Gartner report, "Russia as an Offshore Services Location: Foreign
Recruitment Could Answer IT Skills Shortage," by Ian Marriott and Susanne Matson, "Russia potentially can be a good nearshore location for Europe with good access connectivity and a relatively small
time difference between its target markets of U.S. and Europe, compared with other emerging nations such as China and India."

As
of March 31, 2014, we had 3,107 IT professionals in Ukraine, which represents approximately 49% of our IT professionals. Our operations in Ukraine leverage a strong talent pool
and relatively low average wages to provide effective software development services to both national and global clients. According to the European IT Outsourcing Intelligence Report, 2010, Ukraine is
the most attractive nearshore software development location, combining a strong R&D heritage with high-technology education and an available pool of IT resources. According to the February 27,
2014 Gartner report, "Leading Offshore Services Locations in EMEA, 2014: Economic Challenges Limit Speed of Progress," by Ian Marriott, "The Ukraine has established a good reputation for application
services skills and is home to a large number of local service providers."

As
of March 31, 2014, we employed 755 IT professionals in Romania, which represents approximately 12% of our IT professionals. Our operations in Romania leverage a substantial
talent pool that primarily services clients within the telecom vertical. Romania, a member of the European Union, provides geographic and cultural proximity to our clients throughout Europe and plays
an important role in our global dedicated delivery model, providing geographic diversification and cost effectiveness. The language capabilities position Romania as an attractive IT offshore
destination although competition for skilled resources may be intense. According to the February 27, 2014 Gartner report, "Leading Offshore Services Locations in EMEA, 2014: Economic Challenges
Limit Speed of Progress," by Ian Marriott, "Now established as one of the leading EMEA locations for offshore/nearshore services, Romania offers good European language skills and an attractive price
point."

As
of March 31, 2014, we employed 348 IT professionals in Poland, which represents approximately 6% of our IT professionals. According to the Global Education Digest, 57.1% of
Poland's population over the age of 25, or approximately 15.6 million people, has attained upper secondary education, which represents a substantial pool of potential IT professionals.
Furthermore, According to the November 8, 2013 Gartner report "Poland as an Offshore Services Location: Strong Labor Pool and Government Incentives Add to Its Appeal," by Ian Marriott,
"Information and communications technology (ICT) is part of Poland's primary and secondary technology curriculum." According to the February 27, 2014 Gartner report, "Leading Offshore Services
Locations in EMEA, 2014: Economic Challenges Limit the Speed of Progress," by Ian Marriott, "The strong performance of Poland in criteria such as government support, labor pool, political and economic
environment and cultural compatibility, contribute to its
current position as the most popular location for offshore/nearshore activities in EMEA. Warsaw, Krakow, Lodz, Wroclaw, Poznan, Katowice, Lublin, Bydgoszcz, Szczecin and Gdansk have all emerged as
viable locations for delivery centers."

For
all third party data, see "Preliminary Notes-Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Industry Data and Other Information."

64

---



Table of Contents

Quality and process management

We have built a suite of comprehensive, customized applications and tools to manage the quality, security and transparency of our
delivery process.

Our
quality management system is ISO 9001:2008, ISO 27001:2005 and CMMI level 5-certified to ensure timely and high-quality delivery to our clients. This system
enables clients to objectively evaluate our performance against their standards and procedures by identifying, documenting and resolving non-compliance issues and providing feedback to the client's
project staff. It also includes systematic problem prevention activities like internal audits and causal analysis and resolution programs that detect root causes of problems and prevent them from
occurring in the future.

We
assure the quality of our execution via Delivery Transparency and Maturity controls that cover all of our delivery centers, provide comprehensive reporting on project execution and
assessment of management quality, and enable proactive preventive and corrective actions concerning delivery milestones, quality and customer satisfaction.

We
have developed the LUXProject system, a web-based collaborative project environment for software development that we consider critical to meeting the service levels required by our
clients. LUXProject is designed to reduce risks and provide control and visibility across all project lifecycles. Key features include:



LuxProject
provides full transparency for work done by distributed teams aligned with best practices in the software development industry.

Clients

Our clients include large multinational corporations in the financial services, travel and aviation, technology, telecom, automotive
and transport, and energy industries. We have longstanding relationships with many of our clients, and seven of our top ten clients have been with us for five years or more. We derive a large portion
of our sales of services from clients who operate in a limited number of industries. In the year ended March 31, 2014, we derived 59.4%, 11.3% and 9.3% of our sales of services, respectively,
from clients operating in the financial services, automotive and transport, and travel and aviation industries, respectively. We have derived, and believe that in the foreseeable future we will
continue to derive, a significant portion of our sales from a small number of major clients. Our largest client is Deutsche Bank, with whom we have worked since 2003. Our outsourcing master service
agreement with Deutsche Bank (the "DB Agreement") terminates on January 6, 2016. Typically we renew such client agreements upon their termination in the ordinary course of business. Prior to
this date, the DB Agreement can be terminated by Deutsche Bank if, among other things: we commit a material breach of the DB Agreement and do not remedy it within 30 days; we breach the
confidentiality provisions of the DB Agreement; we become insolvent; we experience a change of

65

---



Table of Contents

control;
we experience more than a set amount of service level defaults or service disruptions; or in the case of certain disputes about the credits owed to Deutsche Bank in the case of service
defaults. We may terminate the DB Agreement if Deutsche Bank does not pay us, and does not remedy the non-payment within 30 days. Deutsche Bank can terminate the DB Agreement without cause by
giving six months written notice. In addition, Deutsche Bank may terminate individual work orders of Framework Service Descriptions (year-long interim agreements) entered into under the DB Agreement
with prior written notice. In the year ended March 31, 2014, our ten largest clients accounted for 81.7% to our sales, and our largest client accounted for 32.4% to our sales. See "ITEM 3. Key
InformationRisk FactorsRisks related to our business and our industryWe generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large
portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially adversely
affect our results of operations."

We
define geography, in which our clients' revenues originate, based on the location of the clients' key decision-makers. For the year ended March 31, 2014, 44.9% of our sales
were generated from clients in
the U.S. and Canada, 27.9% from clients in the UK, 12.5% from clients in Germany, 9.0% from clients in Russia, and 5.3% from clients in the rest of Europe.

The
following table sets forth sales by client location as a percentage of our sales for the periods indicated:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
SalesClient locationU.S.

$
98,509


36.3
%
$
114,132


36.3
%
$
167,038


41.9
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​UK


86,928


32.0


88,729


28.2


110,950


27.9​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Germany


34,477


12.7


40,306


12.8


49,648


12.5​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Russia


24,627


9.1


35,199


11.2


35,835


9.0​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Canada


8,300


3.1


17,947


5.7


11,919


3.0​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Rest of Europe


14,341


5.3


14,526


4.6


21,091


5.3​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other


3,960


1.5


3,757


1.2


1,850


0.4​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
271,142


100
%
$
314,596


100
%
$
398,331


100
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


The
following table sets forth the percentage of our sales by age of accounts for the periods presented:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Age of AccountNew


2.7
%

2.8
%

1.7
%More than 1 year


9.1


12.1


14.0More than 3 years


14.3


12.8


5.4More than 5 years


73.4


71.8


78.4Non-core sales


0.5
%

0.5
%

0.5
%


66

---



Table of Contents

Sales and marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts are organized by verticals, each of which is headed by a managing director who is responsible for sales
and service delivery quality. Our senior executives directly oversee each of our top 15 clients, which helps ensure consistent communication and responsiveness to client needs. In addition to a
top-level organizational focus on winning new business, we have a dedicated sales and marketing team working from offices in New York, NY, Krakow, Poland, Menlo Park, CA and London, UK. Our
sales and marketing team focuses on expanding our services offering into the new business lines of existing clients and targeting new clients through subject matter technical experts responsible for
business development in corresponding industry segments.

Our
sales structure undergoes regular review and process improvements. We have been increasing our number of client-facing practice- and vertical domain-focused senior personnel members
who are located in key geographies (such as the UK and the U.S.) These client facing representatives effectively manage relationships with new and emerging clients. Further, we are continuing to
increase the presence of senior technology specialists available on-site to work with the internal IT teams of potential clients, providing process transformation consulting, aiding internal IT
process optimization, which is intended to generate cost savings to these clients. We believe that this will help us win more clients aiming to switch to vendors proficient in handling managed
delivery engagements. We are also in the process of establishing a lead generation and nurturing structure that will allow us to thoroughly follow up on and process the leads we gather through
industry events.

Our
strategy for winning new business includes:



During
the year ended March 31, 2014 we were recognized by prominent independent technology research firms:



67

---



Table of Contents



Our
successful track record of delivering innovative services has resulted in a number of industry recognitions, some of which include:



68

---



Table of Contents



Training and development

We grow and develop talent through a combination of professional training and mentorship programs involving senior technology
specialists and industry experts. Each new hire is exposed to a training curriculum that covers methodology and industry standards, technologies and tools, management and communication skills,
software engineering processes, and domain knowledge.

Additionally,
our six training centers throughout Russia and Ukraine, one training center in Romania and two training centers in Poland conduct more than 760 training courses per year
and host over 5,800 specialists (including our personnel and external students) for general training courses and client-specific education programs. We typically conduct between 35 and 92 resident
training sessions per month with an average of twelve students per group, and fulfill an additional 700 training requests per month via our e-learning system. Additionally, during the year ended
March 31, 2014 we completed 1500 four-month foreign language training requests for English and Polish, as well as 120 month-long foreign language training requests using our e-learning
tool. Our training program delivers different professional competencies, including disciplines rarely covered by university curriculums, such as system analysis, system architecture and project
management.

Each
new hire is placed on a probation period for up to six months. During this time, new hires become part of a mentoring, monitoring, coaching and motivational program. Each IT
professional is assigned to a People Manager, who is responsible for project evaluation, performance appraisal and planning of professional development of the newcomer.

Each
IT professional undergoes a performance appraisal session at least once a year to measure technical performance, teamwork skills and possession of the core competencies required for
his or her respective role within the company.

Recruitment and retention

We believe our company's culture and reputation, along with the abundance of talent in the regions in which we operate, enhances our
ability to recruit and retain sought-after IT professionals. As of March 31, 2014, we had a dedicated human resources staff of over 351 people that includes 189 recruiters and
researchers. We have compiled a database of over 250,000 IT specialists who have experience and specific skills which are relevant to our business. Our database, along with our referral program, have
accounted for 38% of all new hires in the year ended March 31,
2014. During the year ended March 31, 2014, we hired on average more than 312 IT professionals each month.

69

---



Table of Contents

Our
candidates come from a variety of sources, including external referrals, our regional network, our internal database and public sources. As of March 31, 2014, approximately
75% of our personnel had over five years of industry experience and over 80% of our personnel hold Master's degrees (or Master's degree equivalents) or higher.

In
order to keep our attrition rate low, we focus on retaining our personnel through mandatory monthly evaluation reports, an employee rotation program and a targeted approach to enable
different career opportunities within the company. We motivate and promote key personnel through our High Performers Club, which identifies personnel with strong management potential and offers them
additional training as well as direct interaction with top management. We also offer Executive Training Programs and Corporate MBA Programs and Executive Leadership Programs at top schools including
the University of Pennsylvania, Stanford University and MIT, in which several of our top managers have already participated.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly and we face competition from global and Asia-based IT services providers as well
as local providers based in CEE. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include breadth and depth of service offerings, technical expertise and industry knowledge,
reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work, effective personnel recruiting, training and retention, responsiveness to clients' business needs, ability to scale and
financial stability and price. Our industry is split between low-cost vendors that provide inexpensive, commoditized services, and high-cost vendors that provide specialized and complex services at a
premium cost. Our ability to provide complex, customized services at competitive cost has positioned us between these two classes of vendors.

We
face competition primarily from:



Although
we do not often compete for engagements with providers in Brazil, China, Israel or Mexico, we may experience competition from vendors in these countries in the future. We
believe that we have a strong competitive position in the market for complex software outsourcing and custom application development based on third-party industry rankings and client feedback. We
believe our focus on complex software product development services, our skilled technical personnel base and continuous improvement of process methodologies, applications and platforms positions us to
compete effectively in the future. Furthermore, we believe that the barriers to entry into our niche segment are relatively high, as new entrants must secure substantial amounts of financial and
high-quality human resources to provide adequate services, flexibility and scale to compete for a comparable client base. See "ITEM 3. Key Information. Risk FactorsRisks related to our
business and our industryWe operate in a highly competitive environment and may not be able to compete successfully."

Intellectual property rights

We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect
our intellectual property. In addition, our intellectual property is protected under a number of international conventions. Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland and the U.S. are participants to the Berne
Convention for the Protection of Literary Artistic Works and the Stockholm Convention establishing the World Intellectual Property Organization. Russia, Ukraine and the U.S. participate in the
Universal Copyright Convention adopted under the Geneva Convention; and

70

---



Table of Contents

the
U.S., Ukraine and Romania participate in WTO agreements including TRIPS and ITA. We also rely on local civil legislation to protect our intellectual property rights.

We
customarily enter into master services agreements or general framework agreements with our clients that include terms for the transfer and use by our clients of intellectual property
created by us. All intellectual property rights created by our employees and contractors are transferred to us subject to local laws and regulations and terms of agreements entered into with such
employees and contractors. Most of our software development services are specifically ordered and custom-built for the client, and therefore all intellectual property rights created by our employees
and contractors are transferred to the client at the time of delivery. Furthermore, our agreements with clients typically contain provisions that allow us to grant a perpetual, worldwide,
royalty-free, non-exclusive, transferable and non-revocable license to our clients to use our own intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software or systems we
developed for them. Historically, we have rarely relied on and granted licenses under these provisions, but may do so in the future as we seek to commercialize our solutions. Sometimes the
intellectual property rights for some of our software are not registered, which may expose us to intellectual property risks if we rely on these provisions to grant rights to our unregistered software
in the future. If requested by clients we may incorporate third-party software into our software development for clients. In these cases, we acquire all necessary licenses for such software once we
reach a preliminary agreement with clients. Intellectual property rights for such third-party software are always subject to separate license agreements with third parties. We are in the process of
developing our own intellectual property rights for products which we are planning to sell to end users based on license agreements with end users. Recently we have acquired intellectual property
rights for the Horizon software from one of our financial services clients that we are planning to sell to other end users. See "ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsRisks
related to our business and our industryWe may be subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement that could be time-consuming and costly to defend."

Government Legislation and Regulation

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and
regulations, and several government agencies in the US and abroad regulate various aspects of our business. See "ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsRisks Relating to Our
Business and Our IndustryOur business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in
the U.S. or other countries in which our clients operate.", ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsRisks Relating to Our Business and Our IndustryOur effective tax
rate could be materially adversely affected by a number of factors." "ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsRisks related to conducting business in CEE
countriesLoss of certain tax benefits that we enjoy in Russia and Ukraine could have a negative impact on our operating results and profitability." and "ITEM 3. Key
InformationRisk FactorsRisks related to conducting business in CEE countriesChanges in the tax system in CEE countries or arbitrary or unforeseen application of
existing rules could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations." We benefit from tax incentives promulgated by certain Eastern European governments. See "ITEM 5.
Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesIncome Taxes."



Our business is moderately seasonal and our results of operations vary from quarter to quarter based in part upon the budget and work
cycles of our clients. Our operating results are typically lower in the first fiscal quarter of each year due to increases in wages and other costs that typically occur in the beginning of each fiscal
year.

71

---





Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

See "ITEM 8. Financial InformationLegal proceedings."

C.  Organizational Structure

As of March 31, 2014, we held directly and indirectly the percentage indicated of the outstanding capital stock of the following subsidiaries:

Company

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Percentage OwnershipLuxoft International Company Limited

Cyprus


100
%Luxoft UK Limited

United Kingdom


100
%Luxoft USA, Inc.

United States


100
%Luxoft Canada LTD

Canada


100
%Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd.

BVI


100
%Luxoft Singapore PTE

Singapore


100
%Luxoft Poland sp.z.o.o.

Poland


100
%Luxoft GmbH

Germany


100
%Luxoft (Switzerland) GmbH

Switzerland


100
%Luxoft Global Operations GmbH

Switzerland


100
%Luxoft Vietnam Company Ltd

Vietnam


100
%Luxoft Bulgaria EOOD

Bulgaria


100
%Luxoft Professional Romania S.R.L.

Romania


100
%Software ITC S.A.

Romania


99.44
%Luxoft Services, LLC

Russia


100
%Luxoft Professional LLC

Russia


100
%Luxoft Research LLC

Russia


100
%Luxoft Dubna LLC

Russia


100
%Luxoft Training Center

Russia


100
%Luxoft Ukraine LLC

Ukraine


100
%


D.  Property, Plants and Equipment

Facilities

We currently occupy 20 facilities across ten countries, totaling 65,582 square meters of office space. As of March 31, 2014 we
had the capacity for 8,031 workplaces, which leaves us with a 19.61% reserve for growth. We lease all of our facilities except for one building in Romania, which we acquired as part of our acquisition
of ITC Networks in 2008.

72

---



Table of Contents

The
following table sets forth our office locations and the number of personnel at each office as of March 31, 2014, excluding all on-site personnel and any personnel on long-term
leave.

Location

Total
square
meters

Personnel

Principal UseKiev, Ukraine


22,140


2,452

Delivery centerMoscow, Russia


9,602


951

Delivery center; sales & marketingBucharest, Romania


8,058


643

Delivery centerOmsk, Russia


4,625


460

Delivery centerOdessa, Ukraine


5,850


627

Delivery centerSt. Petersburg, Russia


6,945


532

Delivery centerDnepropetrovsk, Ukraine


2,932


419

Delivery centerKrakow, Poland


1,089


111

Delivery centerWroclaw, Poland


80


1

Delivery centerHertfordshire, England


537


38

Delivery center; sales & marketingHo Chi Minh City, Vietnam


574


85

Delivery centerDubna, Russia


504


49

Delivery centerNew York, U.S.A


438


21

Delivery centerBellevue, U.S.A


172


8

Delivery center, sales & marketingMenlo Park, U.S.A


99


6

Sales & marketingNicosia, Cyprus


84


2

Sales & marketingZug, Switzerland


151


6

Operational headquartersGermany


518


29

Delivery center; sales & marketingLondon, England


27


1

Sales & marketingSofia, Bulgaria


1,153


14

Delivery centerTotal


65,582


6,455​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


ITEM 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the
section titled "ITEM 3. Key InformationSelected Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. This discussion and analysis may contain
forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as
a result of various factors, including those set forth in "ITEM 3.Key InformationRisk Factors" of this annual report. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles.

A.  Operating Results

Overview

We are a leading provider of software development services and innovative IT solutions to a global client base consisting primarily of
large, multinational corporations. Our software development services consist of core and mission critical custom software development and support, product engineering and testing, and technology
consulting. Our solutions are based on our proprietary products and platforms that directly impact our clients' business outcomes and efficiently deliver continuous innovation. Through our services
and solutions, we enable our clients to improve their competitive position by increasing efficiency, shortening time-to-market, and enhancing their end user experience. We have a reputation and track
record of delivering consistently high quality service that has enabled us to

73

---



Table of Contents

establish
long-term strategic relationships with many of our clients, translating into significant revenue growth and recurring business.

Factors affecting our results of operations

We believe the following factors have a significant effect on our results of operations:



74

---



Table of Contents



As
we continue to grow our business, we plan to introduce new products for resale and licensing. We have limited experience to date in developing products for resale and licensing, and
have not generated significant revenues from the sale of products. We expect the development of new products to increase our R&D costs in the near and medium term. However, we intend to grow our
revenues in the medium and long term from the sale of our products. See "ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsRisks Related to our business and our industryOur
future revenue growth depends in part on our ability to successfully introduce new products."

Acquisitions and joint ventures

On February 20, 2013, Luxoft USA entered into an agreement to purchase the customer base and to hire several employees of
Freedom Professional Services & Technologies LLC ("FOSS"), an IT software development and integration company. According to the agreement, Luxoft USA paid the

75

---



Table of Contents

sellers
$0.9 million upon signing, $2.4 million in February 2014 and will pay contingent cash consideration with a fair value of $3.8 million as of March 31, 2014 and
28,588 of our ordinary shares, subject to the acquired FOSS assets meeting certain revenue and gross margin targets. We revalue the contingent consideration payable as of the end of each financial
reporting period to reflect the then expected size of the consideration based on the likelihood of the FOSS assets meeting certain performance targets as well as the most recent market price of our
ordinary shares. Total revaluation loss for the year ended March 31, 2014 amounted to $1.4 million.

On
December 31, 2012, Luxoft International Company Limited ("Luxoft International") entered into an assignment and license back agreement with Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch) and
DB Services New Jersey, Inc. (together "DB") relating to Horizon, a software product for comprehensive across-enterprise risk management and visualization, which Luxoft International
helped develop for DB.
Pursuant to this agreement, Luxoft International acquired the intellectual property rights to Horizon for 2.5 million Euros, and simultaneously granted DB an irrevocable, non-exclusive, license
to continue to use Horizon. Under the agreement, Luxoft International will pay DB a royalty of 20% of the net sales revenue of Horizon to third parties during the five year period starting
December 31, 2012.

We
are currently evaluating several acquisitions of complementary businesses, which we would seek to complete during this and next fiscal years.

Certain comprehensive income statement line items

Sales of services

Sales of services consist primarily of the provision of software development, which includes core custom software development and
support, product engineering and testing and technology consulting services to our clients. Sales of services also includes sales generated from non-core activities, including external project
consulting, quality management consulting, recruitment services provided to our clients and training services provided to third parties, as well as reimbursements of expenses of our IT professionals
by clients. Historically, non-core sales have accounted for a small portion of total sales. The growth rate of non-core sales is somewhat slower than our average revenue growth rate. In the past two
fiscal years, we derived a substantial majority of the growth in our sales of services to existing clients. Below is a discussion of our revenue organized by client location, industry vertical, client
concentration and contract type.



We present client location based on the location of the client's key decision-maker. We seek to maintain the current geographical
balance of sales. Our revenue by client location has generally experienced balanced growth during the periods under review.

76

---



Table of Contents

The
following table sets forth sales by client location, by amount and as a percentage of our total sales for the periods indicated:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
SalesClient locationU.S.

$
98,509


36.3
%
$
114,132


36.3
%
$
167,038


41.9
%UK


86,928


32.0


88,729


28.2


110,950


27.9Germany


34,477


12.7


40,306


12.8


49,648


12.5Russia


24,627


9.1


35,199


11.2


35,835


9.0Canada


8,300


3.1


17,947


5.7


11,919


3.0Rest of Europe


14,341


5.3


14,526


4.6


21,091


5.3Other


3,960


1.5


3,757


1.2


1,850


0.4​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
271,142


100
%
$
314,596


100
%
$
398,331


100
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




While financial services have historically been our largest industry vertical, we have deep expertise in each of the industry verticals
we serve. We target six industry verticals within which we have maintained a relatively stable revenue mix during the periods under review.

The
following table sets forth sales by industry vertical, by amount and as a percentage of our sales for the periods indicated:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
SalesIndustry VerticalFinancial services

$
141,836


52.3
%
$
172,086


54.7
%
$
238,712


59.9
%Automotive and transport


21,414


7.9


25,945


8.3


44,875


11.3Travel and aviation


38,892


14.3


38,976


12.4


37,206


9.3Technology


29,258


10.8


36,123


11.5


33,505


8.4Telecom


31,230


11.5


31,587


10.0


32,076


8.1Energy


7,190


2.7


8,236


2.6


9,973


2.5Other


1,322


0.5


1,643


0.5


1,984


0.5​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
271,142


100
%
$
314,596


100
%
$
398,331


100
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




We have deep and long-standing relationships with our top clients. Over the long-term, we expect client concentration from our top ten
clients to decrease and a simultaneous increase in demand from other clients, as well as business from new clients. New clients for any period are defined as clients who were not on our client list as
of the end of the applicable prior fiscal year. The following table sets

77

---



Table of Contents

forth
sales by our top five and top ten clients, by amount and as a percentage of our total sales for the periods indicated:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
SalesClient concentrationTop five clients

$
192,087


70.8
%
$
219,329


69.7
%
$
286,447


71.9
%Top ten clients

$
223,901


82.6
%
$
255,393


81.2
%
$
325,486


81.7
%


In
the year ended March 31, 2014 Deutsche Bank accounted for 32.4% of our sales and UBS accounted for 19.5% of our total sales, respectively; no other single client represented
more than 10.0% of our total sales.



Historically, the majority of our sales have been generated under time-and-materials contracts. Under time-and-materials contracts, we
are compensated for actual time incurred by our IT professionals at negotiated hourly, daily or monthly rates. Recently, more of our services have moved to the fixed price model, which requires us to
perform an agreed scope of services, for which we are paid a pre-determined fixed price in installments at pre-agreed intervals. The move toward fixed price contracts is consistent with a broader move
toward this model within the industry, as clients seek more efficient and predictable pricing arrangements as well as increased project ownership by the project provider.

Starting
in 2012, we experienced an increased demand from clients, including our two largest clients, for fixed price contracts, and responded by providing a transitional framework for
our major, long-term clients to convert time-and-materials contracts into fixed price contracts. The transition of these two clients to a fixed price contract basis resulted in a significant shift in
the proportion of our revenues derived from fixed price contracts. During the year ended March 31, 2014, nearly 51.3% of our sales were derived from fixed price contracts.

The
transitional framework allowed the majority of converted contracts remain in a monthly revenue recognition pattern, with a portion of those contracts transitioning to quarterly
revenue recognition. This was achieved by setting milestones on a monthly and quarterly basis, with clear customer acceptance criteria that could be assessed in the end of respective periods.

Fixed
price contracts do not vary in length from time-and-materials contracts, and we do not believe the transition from time-and-materials contracts to fixed price contracts will
significantly change our obligations under these contracts, or result in significantly different timing or patterns of service delivery for the purposes of revenue recognition. We believe the use of
proportional performance with monthly or quarterly contractual milestones for customer acceptance continues to be an appropriate revenue recognition method for fixed price contracts.

Our
migration to fixed price contracts opens up an opportunity for increased margins in the future if we are able to efficiently deliver under this framework, despite our increased
responsibility for the entire project outcome.

78

---



Table of Contents

The following table sets forth sales by contract type, by amount and as a percentage of our total sales for the periods indicated:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
Sales

Amount

% of
SalesContract typeTime-and-materials

$
206,335


76.1
%
$
181,085


57.6
%
$
194,084


48.7
%Fixed price


64,807


23.9
%

133,511


42.4
%

204,247


51.3
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
271,142


100.0
%
$
314,596


100.0
%
$
398,331


100
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of:



Cost of services includes salaries and related benefits for our delivery center employees, compensation for our contractors and other
project-related costs, including travel, materials and other direct costs. All of our IT professionals are salaried employees except for personnel in Ukraine, the substantial majority of whom are
contractors. The majority of our costs of services comprise compensation to our employees and contractors, and we expect substantially the same composition of costs of services in the future. Where
services are performed by contractors, the entire cost of contractors is included in cost of services. With respect to employees, the compensation for the time that our employees log for specific
projects in their time sheets is included in our cost of sales, and the remainder of the total compensation for logged time is recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses. The travel expenses of our employees and contractors directly related to specific projects are recorded in our cost of services. Cost of services also includes social
contribution charges payable on the salaries for our employees.



Selling expenses include primarily advertising and marketing expenses. General and administrative expenses include compensation and
other expenses of our senior management, administrative personnel, and R&D personnel, as well as the unutilized portion of the compensation expenses of our IT professionals. General and administrative
expenses also include office rent and maintenance and professional services, including legal, audit and insurance services, travel and entertainment expenses other than those directly related to
projects for clients, and other expenses.



Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of capitalized software costs, acquired
contract-based client relationships and other intangible assets. We use the straight line method to determine depreciation and amortization.



Loss from revaluation of contingent liability includes results from revaluation of contingent liabilities arising as part of business
combinations. Contingent liabilities are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved.

79

---



Table of Contents

Other income and expenses

Our other income and expenses consist of:

Interest expense, net:Interest income and interest expense are accrued by reference to the principal amount outstanding at the
applicable interest
rate. We earn interest income on our cash deposits and loans provided to related parties.

Other gains/(loss), net:Other gains, net consists of subleasing office space, disposal of old computer equipment and reimbursement from
clients for
the purchases of IT equipment.

Gain/(loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts:Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts is represented by gains and
losses from
settlement and revaluation of derivatives related to forward and option foreign currency exchange contracts that are normally fully settled within our fiscal year, but may be outstanding in interim
periods. The changes in unrealized gains and losses are driven by expected exchange rate volatilities and the dynamics factored into the valuations of these derivatives.

Net foreign exchange income/ (loss):We enter into foreign exchange transactions as we have contracts denominated in both U.S. dollars,
Euros,
Rubles, and, to a lesser extent, British pounds and other currencies. Re-measurement of monetary assets, such as receivables, denominated in foreign currencies that are different from functional
currencies of the respective subsidiaries, result in and are recorded as net foreign exchange income/(loss).

Income tax expense

Our income tax includes both current and deferred income taxes. Because we operate in a number of countries, our income is subject to
taxation in differing jurisdictions with a range of tax rates. Therefore, we need to apply significant judgment to determine our consolidated
income tax position. As a result of our multi-jurisdictional operations, we are exposed to a number of different tax risks including, but not limited to, changes in tax laws or interpretations of
these tax laws. We have recently completed an internal legal restructuring to better align our legal and operating structures. We expect this restructuring to result in an increase in our effective
tax rate this fiscal year and beyond.

Non-GAAP Financial measures

In our quarterly press releases we discuss several key measures that are not calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
principles. These measures include:



We
provide these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe that they present a better measure of our core business and management uses them internally to evaluate our ongoing
performance. Accordingly, we believe that these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors in enhancing their understanding of our operating performance. These non-GAAP measures should be

80

---



Table of Contents

considered
in addition to, and not as a substitute for, comparable U.S. GAAP measures. The non-GAAP results and a full reconciliation between U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP results are provided
below:

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Income from Continuing operations

$
36,108

$
37,537

$
51,230​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Adjusted for:Interest Expense


2,151


1,277


1,508Income tax


3,210


3,645


4,706Depreciation and Amortization


7,742


8,981


12,944​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​EBITDA

$
49,211

$
51,440

$
70,388Adjusted forStock based compensation


2,246


5,460


1,418Change in fair value of contingent consideration








922​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Adjusted EBITDA

$
51,457

$
56,900

$
72,728​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Operating Income

$
41,676

$
43,147

$
58,982Adjusted forStock based compensation


2,246


5,460


1,418Amortization of purchased Intangible assets


1,362


1,287


2,564Change in fair value of contingent consideration








922​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Non-GAAP operating income


45,284


49,894


63,886​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Non-GAAP operating income as a percentage of revenues


16.70
%

15,86
%

16,04
%Income from Continuing operations

$
36,108

$
37,537

$
51,230Adjusted forStock based compensation


2,246


5,460


1,418Amortization of purchased Intangible assets


1,362


1,287


2,564Change in fair value of contingent consideration








922​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Non-GAAP net income

$
39,716

$
44,284

$
56,134​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Non-GAAP net income as a percentage of revenues


14.65
%

14.08
%

14.09
%​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Non-GAAP diluted EPS

$
1.33

$
1.46

$
1.74​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Stock
based compensation is excluded from Non-GAAP financial measures, because we believe such exclusion results in a more accurate comparison among the periods.

Change
in fair value of contingent consideration is also excluded from Non-GAAP financial measures, because we believe these expenses are not indicative of what we conthreesider to be
normal course of operations.

Amortization
of purchased intangible assets is excluded from our Non-GAAP measures to allow management to evaluate our results from operating activities as if these assets have been
developed internally rather than acquired in a business combination.

81

---



Table of Contents

Results of operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of sales of services for those
periods.

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014(in thousands)Sales of services

$
271,142

$
314,596

$
398,331Operating expensesCost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)


157,004


185,557


229,537Selling, general and administrative expenses


64,720


76,911


95,946Depreciation and amortization


7,742


8,981


12,944Loss from revaluation of contingent liability








922​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Operating income


41,676


43,147


58,982​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other income and expensesInterest expense, net


(2,151
)

(1,277
)

(1,508
)Other gain (loss), net


170


(1
)

557Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange contract


886


(621
)

(1,134
)Net foreign exchange loss


(1,263
)

(66
)

(961
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income before income taxes


39,318


41,182


55,936Income tax expense


(3,210
)

(3,645
)

(4,706
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income from continuing operations


36,108


37,537


51,230Income from discontinued operations


80





​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income

$
36,188

$
37,537

$
51,230Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest


62





​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the Group

$
36,250

$
37,537

$
51,230​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other comprehensive income, net of taxForeign currency translation adjustment


(879
)

(1,514
)

1,118​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Comprehensive income

$
35,371

$
36,023

$
52,348Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest








​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Comprehensive income attributable to the Group

$
35,371

$
36,023

$
52,348​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Year ended March 31, 2014 compared to year ended March 31, 2013

Sales of services

Sales of services increased by $83.7 million, or 26.6%, to $398.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2014 from
$314.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The growth in sales of services resulted primarily from increased sales to existing clients. The growth in sales of services was
supported by the expansion of services performed for clients across our largest verticals, including financial services, automotive and transport and telecom. Sales to existing clients accounted for
92.0% of the increase in sales of services for the year ended March 31, 2014, while sales to new clients accounted for 8.0% of the increase. Sales of services to new clients represented 1.7% of
total sales in the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to 2.8% of total sales in the year ended March 31, 2013. Non-core sales accounted for 0.5% of total sales in each of the years
ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. To support our growing sales, we increased the number of our IT professionals to 6,366 as of March 31, 2014, from 4,927 as of March 31, 2013.

82

---



Table of Contents

Operating expenses



Cost of services increased by $43.9 million, or 23.7%, to $229.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2014 from
$185.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was attributable primarily to the growth of personnel expenses directly attributable to client projects.

Cost
of services also increased as a result of an increased number of IT professionals as well as wage inflation for project delivery personnel. As a percentage of sales, cost of
services decreased to 57.6% for the year ended March 31, 2014, from 59.0% in the year ended March 31, 2013.



Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $19.1 million, or 24.8%, to $96.0 million in the year ended
March 31, 2014 from $76.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 24.4% of sales for the
year ended March 31, 2013 to 24.1% of sales for the year ended March 31, 2014. All major types of general and administrative expenses experienced growth in the year ended
March 31, 2014 except for Share based compensation which decreased by $4.1 million from $5.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, to $1.4 million in the year
ended March 31, 2014. This decrease is explained by reversal of performance related part of SOP II program in the amount of $1.7 million and the end completion of SOP I program in March
2013. Payroll and bonuses expenses with payroll taxes (excluding share-based compensation) increased by $9.3 million, from $39.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2013 to
$48.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2014. General and administrative expenses increased because of an increase in office rent and maintenance expenses by $4.2 million to
$24.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 from $20.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, due to the
leases of new facilities to accommodate increased headcount. Expenses for professional services, including the outsourcing of administrative functions, auditing, legal and consulting services,
increased by $7million to $14.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 from $7.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2013.



Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $3.9 million, or 43.3%, to $12.9 million in the year ended
March 31, 2014, from $9.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was attributable primarily to amortization of intangible assets acquired in third and fourth
quarters of the financial year ended March 31, 2013 and a greater number of fixed assets resulting from purchases of new IT equipment, leasehold improvements and software licenses. As a
percentage of sales, depreciation and amortization increased from 2.9% for the year ended March 31, 2013 to 3.2% for the year ended March 31, 2014.



During the year ended March 31, 2014, we recorded a loss of $1.4 million as a result of the revaluation of a contingent
liability for the acquisition of FOSS, as of February 2013. We will revalue the contingent consideration payable as of the end of each financial reporting period to reflect the then expected size of
the consideration based on the likelihood of the FOSS assets meeting certain performance targets as well as the most recent market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

During
the year ended March 31, 2014, we recorded a gain of $0.5 million as a result of the revaluation of a contingent liability for the acquisition of Horizon software,
as of December 2012. We will revalue the contingent consideration payable at the end of each financial reporting period to reflect

83

---



Table of Contents

the
then expected size of the consideration based on the likelihood of the Horizon software generate certain amount of revenue in the course of the next three years.

Overall
loss was $0.9 million and is included in the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2014.

Operating income

Operating income increased by $15.9 million, or 36.9%, to $59.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, from
$43.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. As a percentage of sales, operating income increased from 13.7% of sales for the year ended March 31, 2013 to 14.8% of sales for
the year ended March, 31, 2014.

Other income and expenses



Interest expense increased slightly by $0.2 million, or 15.4%, to $1.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2014,
from $1.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2013.



Loss from foreign currency exchange contracts increased by $0.5 million, from a loss of $0.6 million in the year ended
March 31, 2013 to a loss of $1.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2014. The change was due to a loss realized on several Euro/U.S. dollar and U.S. dollar/Ruble forward
contracts.



Other loss, net decreased by $0.6 million to a gain of $0.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2014 from
$0.01 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. This gain resulted from operating lease of fixed assets in Ukraine.



Net foreign exchange loss increased by $0.9 million, to a loss of $1.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2014
from a loss of $0.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The loss in the year ended March 31, 2014 was driven primarily by the depreciation of the Euro against the U.S.
dollar, which resulted in losses from our Euro-denominated receivables.

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income from continuing operations before income taxes increased by $14.8 million, or by 30.6%, to $56.0 million in the
year ended March 31, 2014 from $41.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. Income from continuing operations before income taxes represented 14.1% of sales in the year ended
March 31, 2014 compared to 13.1% of sales in the year ended March 31, 2013.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense increased by $1.1 million, or 30.5%, to $4.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, from
$3.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was attributable primarily to an increase in taxable profits in Switzerland, Russia, and the U.S. At the same time, our
effective income tax rate decreased to 8.4% of income from continuing operations before income taxes in the year ended March 31, 2014, from 8.9% of income from continuing operations before
income taxes in the year ended March 31, 2013.

84

---



Table of Contents

Year ended March 31, 2013 compared to year ended March 31, 2012

Sales of services

Sales of services increased by $43.5 million, or 16.0%, to $314.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 from
$271.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The growth in sales of services resulted primarily from increased sales to existing clients. The growth in sales of services was
supported by the expansion of services performed for clients across our largest verticals, including financial services, automotive and transport and technology. Sales to existing clients accounted
for 79.9% of the increase in sales of services for the year ended March 31, 2013, while sales to new clients accounted for 20.1% of the increase. Sales of services to new clients represented
2.8% of total sales in the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 2.7% of total sales in the year ended March 31, 2012. Non-core sales accounted for 0.5% of total sales in the years
ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. To support our growing sales, we increased the number of our IT professionals to 4,927 as of March 31, 2013, from 4,556 IT professionals as of
March 31, 2012.

Operating expenses



Cost of services increased by $28.6 million, or 18.2%, to $185.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 from
$157.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was attributable primarily to the growth of personnel expenses directly attributable to client projects.

Cost
of services also increased as a result of an increased number of IT professionals as well as wage inflation for project delivery personnel. As a percentage of sales, cost of
services increased to 59.0% for the year ended March 31, 2013, from 57.9% in the year ended March 31, 2012.



Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $12.2 million, or 18.8%, to $76.9 million in the year ended
March 31, 2013 from $64.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 23.9% of sales for the
year ended March 31, 2012 to 24.4% of sales for the year ended March 31, 2013. This increase was attributable to a number of factors, including an increased number of IT professionals
who were temporarily not utilized due to the uncertainty of projects with several large clients in the middle of the year. We have also increased spending on R&D activities, reflecting our growing
focus on developing proprietary solutions. All major types of general and administrative expenses experienced growth in the year ended March 31, 2013. Payroll and bonuses expenses with payroll
taxes (excluding share-based compensation) increased by $3.8 million, from $35.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 to $39.4 million for the year ended
March 31, 2013. Share based compensation increased by $3.3 million from $2.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2012, to $5.5 million in the year ended
March 31, 2013. General and administrative expenses also increased because of an increase in office rent and maintenance expenses by $0.7 million to $20.7 million for the year
ended March 31, 2013 from $20.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, due to the rental of new facilities to accommodate increasing headcount. Expenses for professional
services, including the outsourcing of administrative functions, auditing, legal and consulting services, increased by $2.0 million to $7.1 million for the year ended March 31,
2013 from $5.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. Additionally, we recorded a $2.0 million gain in the year ended March 31, 2012 to account for a collection from
the sale of a doubtful account to a third party. No similar gains were recorded in the year ended March 31, 2013.

85

---



Table of Contents



Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 16.0%, to $9.0 million in the year ended
March 31, 2013, from $7.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was attributable primarily to a greater number of fixed assets resulting from purchases of new IT
equipment, leasehold improvements and software licenses. As a percentage of sales, depreciation and amortization increased from 2.8% for the year ended March 31, 2012 to 2.9% for the year ended
March 31, 2013.

Operating income

Operating income increased by $1.4 million, or 3.5%, to $43.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, from
$41.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of sales, operating income declined from 15.4% of sales for the year ended March 31, 2012 to 13.7% of sales for the
year ended March, 31, 2013.

Operating
income increased in absolute terms because of revenue growth, however operating income decreased as a percentage of sales from our previous fiscal year due to wage inflation,
share-based compensation and the fact that we had a reversal of a bad debt expense in the year ended March 31, 2012, but did not have such a reversal in the year ended March 31, 2013.

Other income and expenses



Interest expense decreased by $0.9 million, or 40.9%, to $1.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, from
$2.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was due to the repayment of loans from related parties, as well as the renegotiation of some of our loans to more favorable
interest rates.



Gain/(loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts changed by $1.5 million, from a gain of $0.9 million in the year
ended March 31, 2012 to a loss of $0.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The change was due to a loss realized on several Euro/U.S. dollar forward contracts.



Other gains, net decreased by $0.2 million to a negligible loss in the year ended March 31, 2013 from $0.2 million
in the year ended March 31, 2012.



Net foreign exchange loss decreased by $1.2 million, to a loss of $0.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2013
from a loss of $1.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The loss in the year ended March 31, 2012 was driven primarily by the depreciation of the Euro against the U.S.
dollar, which resulted in losses from our Euro-denominated receivables. In the year ended March 31, 2013, the deprecation of the Ruble against the U.S. dollar continued, while the Euro
strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The overall result of these currency movements resulted in a small loss.

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income from continuing operations before income taxes increased by $1.9 million, or 4.7%, to $41.2 million in the year
ended March 31, 2013 from $39.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2012.

86

---



Table of Contents

Income
from continuing operations before income taxes represented 13.1% of sales in the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to 14.5% of sales in the year ended March 31, 2012.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense increased by $0.4 million, or 13.5%, to $3.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, from
$3.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was attributable primarily to an increase in taxable profits in Russia, Cyprus and the U.S. Our effective income tax rate
increased to 8.9% of income from continuing operations before income taxes in the year ended March 31, 2013, from 8.2% of income from continuing operations before income taxes in the year ended
March 31, 2012. The increase in taxable profits in Cyprus was a result of our corporate restructuring and the redomicile of one of our subsidiaries from the British Virgin Islands to Cyprus.

Quarterly results of operations and seasonality

Our business is moderately seasonal and our results of operations vary from quarter to quarter based in part upon the budget and work
cycles of our clients. Our operating results are typically lower in the first fiscal quarter of each year due to increases in wages and other costs that typically occur in the beginning of each fiscal
year,. The following table presents our unaudited condensed consolidated quarterly results of operations for the eight quarters in the period from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2014.

Three Months EndedJun 30,
2012

Sept 30,
2012

Dec 31,
2012

March 31,
2013

Jun 30,
2013

Sept 30,
2013

Dec 31,
2013

March 31,
2014(in thousands)Consolidated statements of comprehensive income:Sales of services

$
71,013

$
74,115

$
83,524

$
85,944

$
83,771

$
97,658

$
110,621

$
106,281Operating expenses:Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)


44,503


43,741


47,618


49,695


49,029


55,134


62,669


62,705Selling, general and administrative expenses


17,950


17,753


19,364


21,844


20,920


23,501


24,165


27,360Depreciation and amortization


2,031


2,162


2,307


2,481


2,897


3,038


3,457


3,552Loss from revaluation of contingent liability

















728


181


13​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Operating income


6,529


10,459


14,235


11,924


10,925


15,257


20,149


12,651Interest expense, net


(383
)

(280
)

(278
)

(336
)

(381
)

(426
)

(392
)

(309
)Gain/(loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts





(297
)

(406
)

82


93


(301
)

(109
)

(817
)Other gain/(loss), net


11


(20
)

63


(55
)

31


(114
)

232


408Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)


(491
)

270


243


(88
)

(270
)

11


(361
)

(341
)Income from continuing operations before income taxes


5,666


10,132


13,857


11,527


10,398


14,427


19,519


11,592Income tax expense


(608
)

(996
)

(1,322
)

(719
)

(584
)

(1,123
)

(1,809
)

(1,190
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income from continuing operations


5,058


9,136


12,535


10,808


9,814


13,304


17,710


10,402Income/(loss) from discontinued operations























Net income


5,058


9,136


12,535


10,808


9,814


13,304


17,710


10,402Less: Net loss attributable to the non-controlling interest























​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the Group

$
5,058

$
9,136

$
12,535

$
10,808

$
9,814

$
13,304

$
17,710

$
10,402​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


87

---



Table of Contents

B.  Liquidity and capital resources

Our cash requirements have principally been driven by working capital requirements and capital expenditures. Our working capital requirements are, in turn,
generally driven by the growth in our business and the impact on our cash flows arising out of the difference in timing between when our payment obligations arise and when we receive payment from
clients. We fund working capital primarily from cash flows provided by our operating activities, our short term credit facilities, cash and cash equivalents on hand. Our average time for collecting
receivables increased to 83 days for the year ended March 31, 2014 from 80 days for the year ended March 31, 2013, due to increased accounts receivable from Deutsche Bank,
Harman, UBS and other large clients. The increase in accounts receivable during year ended March 31, 2014 is attributable to our revenue growth, as well as in increase in our average time for
collecting receivables. In the past, we have utilized short term borrowings from IBS Group and its affiliates to help meet our working capital needs, with the exception of one long-term loan from IBS
Group which we used in connection with an acquisition. All of our borrowings from IBS Group were repaid prior to our initial public offering in June 2013.

We
have in the past relied on IBS Group to act as guarantor for several of our credit agreements and overdraft facilities. As of June 30, 2014, IBS Group did not guarantee any of
our credit agreements and overdraft facilities, because all the existing guarantees were transferred to Luxoft Holding, Inc. We do
not expect IBS Group to guarantee our credit and overdraft facilities in the future because we believe that we will be able to obtain credit under the same terms, irrespective of IBS Group's
guarantee.

We
believe that, based on our current business plan, our cash and cash equivalents on hand, cash from operations and borrowings available to us will be adequate to meet our working
capital, capital expenditure requirements and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. We may require additional capital to meet our longer term liquidity and future growth requirements.

Credit facilities

On July 16, 2010, Luxoft USA, Inc. ("Luxoft USA") entered into a credit facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade
Bank, N.V. for up to $10.0 million, which is to be repaid before July 20, 2015. Interest on amounts outstanding is accrued at LIBOR for the relevant purchase term plus margin that
varies from 4.5% to 5.5% per annum depending on the length of the term of a loan. The loan taken under the above credit facility was secured by a conditional assignment of rights to receivables under
certain sales contracts with the customers of Luxoft USA and Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd.. Initially the facility was guaranteed by IBS Group Holding Limited. On February 5, 2014 Luxoft
Holding, Inc assumed IBS Group Holding Limited's obligations and became the guarantor under this facility. On December 30, 2011, the amount of credit facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade
Bank, N.V. was increased up to $18.0 million. The outstanding amount as of March 31, 2013 was $12.4 million. The Group has fully repaid this amount as of March 31,
2014.

On
November 28, 2012, Luxoft International Ltd. and its subsidiaries entered into full recourse receivable purchase facility agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
for the total amount up to $15.0 million. Under this agreement the Group can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash less a discount based on LIBOR/EURIBOR/PLNWIBOR for the relevant
purchase term (30/60 days) plus a margin of 4%, plus handling fees. The loan is guaranteed by Luxoft Holding, Inc, Luxoft USA, Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft GmbH, Luxoft Poland Spo. Zoo and
Luxoft International. The outstanding amounts were $3.1 million and $9.1 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

On
January 15, 2013, Luxoft Holding, Inc and Luxoft International Company Ltd (with certain Luxoft entities approved in the agreement by the lender) entered into an
uncommitted receivables purchase agreement of up to $10.0 million with BNP Paribas Dublin Branch. Under this agreement

88

---



Table of Contents

these
Luxoft entities can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash less a discount based on LIBOR for the relevant purchase term (30/60 days) plus 3.00% per annum. BNP Paribas increased
the amount of credit limit available to the Company from $10.0 million to $15.0 million on June 25, 2013, and to $25.0 million on November 27, 2013. The outstanding
amounts were $0.8 million and $8.0 million as of March 31, 2013 and as of March 31, 2014, respectively.

On
November 20, 2013, Luxoft UK Ltd., Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd. and Luxoft GMBH entered into uncommitted pre- and post-shipment advances facility agreement with
Citibank Europe PLC for up to $5.0 million. This agreement is a continuing agreement and remains in full effect subject to its terms for until 30 days after the bank`s receipt of
written notice of termination from the borrower's agent. Under this agreement the borrower can use pre- or post-shipment advance. Interest rates for pre-shipment is LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum and
interest rate for post-shipment is LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. The outstanding amount as of March 31, 2014 under this credit was $2.4 million on post-shipment conditions.

On
February 20, 2014, Luxoft USA, Inc. entered into a credit facility agreement with Citibank, N.A. for up to $5.5 million with the maturity date of
December 31, 2014. The loan bears an interest rate at LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. There is no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2014 under this credit facility.

Overdraft facilities

On December 16, 2009, Luxoft International entered into an overdraft facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V.
for up to $1.6 million, which was later amended to increase the overdraft facility to up to $2.0 million. On July 20, 2012, Luxoft International renewed the overdraft facility
agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V for $2.0 million. As of March 31, 2014, this facility had not been drawn down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of 6.0% per annum,
paid monthly. The maturity date of the overdraft facility is July 20, 2015. Initially the overdraft facility was guaranteed by IBS Group. On February 5, 2014 Luxoft Holding, Inc assumed
IBS Group Holding Limited's obligations and became the guarantor under this facility.

On
December 20, 2010, "Luxoft Professional" LLC entered into an overdraft facility agreement with Deutsche Bank Ltd for 1.2 million Euros, which was
subsequently increased to 3.0 million Euros. As of March 31, 2014, this facility had not been drawn down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of EONIA overnight interest rate
+5.5% per annum, paid monthly. The maturity date on the overdraft facility is December 19, 2014. The overdraft facility was secured by IBS Group for up to 4.0 million
Euros untill the guarantee replacement was effected on May 27, 2014 for up to 3.3 million Euros, with the current guarantee provided by Luxoft Holding, Inc.

On
October 25, 2012, Luxoft Professional entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO CITIBANK for $3.0 million. As of March 31, 2014, this facility had not
been drawn down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR (1M) plus 2.25% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is guaranteed by Luxoft
Holding, Inc.

On
November 12, 2013, Luxoft Professional Romania SRL entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO Citibank for $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2014, this
facility had been drawn down for $0.6 million. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR (1M) plus 2.00% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is
guaranteed by Luxoft Holding, Inc and Luxoft Professional LLC.

89

---



Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Net cash flow provided by operating activities

$
26,517

$
35,248

$
51,378Net cash used in investing activities


(9,714
)

(16,118
)

(21,509
)Net cash used in financing activities

$
(18,194
)
$
(21,098
)
$
3,246




Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $16.2 million to $51.4 million in the year ended March 31,
2014, from $35.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The increase in cash flows from operating activities was attributable primarily to higher net income from continuing
operations, which increased by $13.7 million, from $37.5 million to $51.2 million. Another $2.3 million increase of cash flows from operating activities is explained by
decrease of amounts due from related parties by $10.2 million which was partly offset by increase of accounts receivable by $7.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, from the
year ended March 31, 2013. Net effect from other changes is not deemed material.

Net
cash provided by operating activities increased by $8.7 million to $35.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 from $26.5 million in the year ended
March 31, 2012. The increase in cash flows from operating activities was attributable to higher net income from continuing operations, which increased by $1.4 million to
$37.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 from $36.1 million in the year in the year ended March 31, 2012. Changes in working capital positively affected cash flow
from operations, and the main drivers for the increase were changes in trade accounts receivable, which decreased by $5.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, from the year ended
March 31, 2012.



Net cash used in investing activities increased by $5.4 million to $21.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2014,
from $16.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. Cash invested in purchases of IT equipment, including purchases of computers and software, increased by $4.8 million in the
year ended March 31, 2014 from $9.0 million to $13.8 million. Cash invested in purchases of intangible assets increased by $4 million from $2 million up to
$6 million in the year ended March 31, 2014. This increase is mainly explained by payment for Horizon software in February 2014. Our issuance of loans to related parties decreased
between the periods, and, in addition, we received a $0.4 million loan repayment from a related party.

Net
cash used in investing activities increased by $6.4 million to $16.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 from $9.7 million in the year ended
March 31, 2012. The increase in cash used for investing activities was due primarily to a $3.8 million loan provided to IBS Group, which was offset against a dividend. Investing
activities in the year ended March 31, 2013 consisted mainly of capital expenditures on IT equipment, including purchases of computers and software, as well as investments in office equipment
and leasehold improvements. Capital expenditures were $11.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, which represented a $1.9 million increase from the year ended
March 31, 2012. This increase in capital expenditures was due to an increase in capitalized software development expenses as well as increased purchases of IT and office equipment.

90

---



Table of Contents



Net cash from financing activities increased by $24.3 million to $3.2 million provided in the year ended March 31,
2014, from $21.1 million cash used in the year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributed to the IPO proceeds, which amounted to $31 million net of IPO - related
expenses. The amount of dividends paid for the year ended March 31, 2014 was $30.6 million which is $8.7 million higher than in the year ended March 31, 2013.We are
currently evaluating several acquisitions of complementary businesses, which we would seek to complete during this and next fiscal year.

Net
cash used in financing activities increased by $2.9 million to $21.1 million used in the year ended March 31, 2013 from $18.2 million cash used by
financing activities in the year ended March 31, 2012.
The primary driver for the increase in cash used in financing activities was an increase of $17.9 million in dividend payments, from $4.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2012
to a dividend payment of $21.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, which was partially offset by a decrease in loan repayments to IBS Group of $5.5 million and an increase
in net proceeds from borrowings by $8.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared with the year ended March 31, 2012. The dividend payment of $21.9 million in
the year ended March 31, 2013 was made in respect of a declared dividend of $27.0 million, the cash payment of which was offset against a loan receivable from IBS Group.

Critical accounting policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates
and assumptions that affect: (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities; (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period; and
(iii) the reported amounts of sales and expenses during each reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to the recognition of revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, income
taxes, goodwill and other long-lived assets, assumptions used in valuing share-based compensation awards and contingencies. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience,
knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis
for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from
those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our consolidated financial statements, you should consider
(i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported
results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places
significant demands on the judgment of our management.

An
accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate
is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the
consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and require more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of
our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
other disclosures included in this annual report.

We
are an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not

91

---



Table of Contents

emerging
growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor's attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 20-F as otherwise required by
Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, we have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to
Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-"emerging
growth companies."

Revenue recognition

The Company derives its revenues from software development services, including in such areas of competence as (a) custom
software development and support, (b) product engineering and testing and (c) technology consulting.

The
majority of our contracts have historically been time-and-materials based; however, during the year ended March 31, 2014 the number of fixed price contracts increased up to
51.3% of total revenue. Revenues under time and materials and fixed price contracts are recognized in the period in which these services are performed and contract stages are accepted by clients by
using a proportional performance method. We consider amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collectability
is reasonably assured. In such contracts, our services, measured by time incurred, typically are provided in less than a year and represent the contractual stages or output measures which define the
pattern of contractual earnings. Costs related to completed stages are expensed as incurred, while those related to uncompleted stages are recorded as work-in-progress on our balance sheets.

We
recognize sales from time-and-material contracts as services are performed, based on actual hours and applicable billing rates, using the proportional performance method, with the
corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of sales. The majority of such sales are billed on a monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client at negotiated
hourly billing rates.

We
recognize sales from fixed price contracts based on the proportional performance method, during the period in which amounts become billable in accordance with the terms of the
contracts. Services under fixed price contracts are delivered in stages. Revenues recognized for completed stages are generally representative of the percentage of completion of the entire contract,
as they are based on actual hours incurred compared with the total hours estimated to complete the entire contract. Costs related to completed stages are expensed as incurred, while those related to
uncompleted stages are
recorded in work-in-progress on the balance sheet. In instances where final acceptance is specified by the client, sales are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In the absence of a
sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, sales are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client.

The
complexity of the estimation process and factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the proportional performance method of
accounting affects the amounts of sales reported in our consolidated financial statements. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor hours and changes in
specification and testing requirements.

We
evaluate our contracts for multiple deliverables, and, when appropriate, separate the contracts into separate units of accounting for revenue recognition. Apart from software
development services, which generally include any software element that may exist in the arrangement as our services are inseparable from a software deliverable, the only separate deliverable is
support services. Support services, if they are required by clients, are generally contracted for and commence upon completion of the software development services. We allocate revenue to these
deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement based upon their relative selling prices. The relative selling price is based on the price charged for the deliverable when it is sold separately. For
multiple element arrangements under

92

---



Table of Contents

time-and-material
contracts, revenue is recognized as services are performed for each deliverable based on hours incurred and applicable hourly rates. For arrangements under fixed price contracts,
software development revenue is recognized upon delivery of development services under the proportional performance method, as described above and for support serviceson a straight-line
basis over the support period, which is generally from 6 months to a year.

We
currently do not follow Software Revenue Recognition guidance in ASC 985-605 because the focus of our service offering in the past was the customized solutions and services we provide
to our clients, and not the software licensing element. We have not yet generated any significant revenues from solutions focused on our software platforms. This may change in the future as we are
starting to focus more on licensing the software products we have accumulated in our portfolio to our clients as part of our service offerings. This shift will require the application of contract
accounting to our service offerings, which prescribes the percentage-of-completion and the completed-contract method. Under the percentage-of-completion method, costs are recognized in proportion to
the amount of revenue recognized, such that a constant gross margin percentage is recognized during the life of the contract (albeit updated for changes in the estimates of total contract revenues and
costs as the vendor progresses toward completion of the contract). Under the completed-contract method of accounting, costs are accumulated on the balance sheet and recognized when the contact is
complete and the associated revenue recognized. We do not expect the transition to software revenue recognition accounting to affect our revenue recognition policies significantly in future because:
(1) we expect that
our services will continue to be essential to the software licensing element in future, thus representing a single deliverable, which is the same way we treat it now; and (2) accounting for
this deliverable using the percentage-of completion method is in line with our currently used proportional performance method, because, under our current method of accounting, the amounts of
recognized revenues and expenses related to completed contract stages are generally representative of progress towards completion, as they are measured based on hours incurred to total project hours,
taking into account applicable hourly rates. In addition, we consider the use of the completed contract method unlikely as we have not yet had any significant contracts for which estimates of
completion could not be developed or final project completion and client acceptance was so uncertain as to require deferral of revenue until the completion of the project. Finally, we have not had any
significant contracts where we incurred a loss on the entire contract.

We
report gross reimbursable travel and "out-of-pocket" expenses incurred as both sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable are shown at their net realizable value, which approximates their fair value. Since we generally do not require
collateral or other security from our clients, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific
clients. Allowances for doubtful accounts are made for specific accounts in which collectability is doubtful. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment
of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. Recoveries of losses from accounts receivable written off in prior years are presented within income from operations on our
consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Our
client base primarily consists of large multinational companies. The timing of invoicing and collection of our accounts receivable under our contracts is impacted by the life cycle
of each project and related payment milestones.

Our
management periodically monitors outstanding receivables and collection status and assesses the adequacy of allowances for accounts where collection may be in doubt as frequency and
amount of client defaults change due to our clients' financial condition or general economic conditions.

93

---





Table of Contents

Goodwill

Goodwill represents an excess of the cost of business acquired over the fair value of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible
assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of intangible assets acquired involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited
to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

We
perform a test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist, utilizing a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. We determine fair value using
the income approach, which estimates the fair value of our operating units based on the future discounted cash flows.

The
basis for the cash flow assumptions includes forecasted revenue, operational costs and other relevant factors, including estimated capital expenditures. Assumptions under this method
have been adjusted to reflect increased risk due to current economic volatility. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of our operating units to which goodwill
relates and determine the carrying value (book value) of the assets and liabilities related to those operating units.
If an impairment of goodwill has occurred, we recognize a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the implied fair value of goodwill.

Long-lived assets

We amortize intangible assets, principally software and acquired contract-based client relationships, on a straight-line basis over
their estimated useful lives. We review long-lived assets, including intangible assets that are subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We base our evaluation on such impairment indicators as the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or
future profitability measurements, as well as other external market conditions or factors that may be present. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows
resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If impairment has occurred, we measure any impairment of intangible assets based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a
discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our business. If such assets were determined to be impaired, we recognize a loss for the difference between the
carrying amount and the fair value of the asset.

Income taxes

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities and related valuation
allowance, if any, involves judgment. We are required to calculate and provide for income taxes in each of the jurisdictions where we operate. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of
annual pre-tax income can also affect the overall effective income tax rate.

Because
we operate in a number of countries, our income is subject to taxation in differing jurisdictions with a range of tax rates. Therefore, we need to apply significant judgment in
order to determine our consolidated income tax position. As a result of our multi-jurisdictional operations, we are exposed to a number of different tax risks including, but not limited to, changes in
tax laws or interpretations of these tax laws. The tax authorities in the jurisdictions where we operate may audit our tax returns and may disagree with the position taken in those returns. An adverse
outcome resulting from any settlement or future examination of our tax returns may result in additional tax liabilities and may adversely affect our effective tax rate, which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

94

---



Table of Contents

Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences of temporary differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and
their respective tax bases at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary
differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes. We evaluate the
realization of deferred tax assets and recognize a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The
realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on future taxable income. Any reduction in estimated forecasted results may require that we record valuation allowances
against deferred tax assets. Once a valuation allowance has been established, it will be maintained until there is sufficient positive evidence to conclude that it is more likely than not that the
deferred tax assets will be realized. If the allowance is reversed in a future period, the income tax provision will be correspondingly reduced. Accordingly, the increase and decrease of valuation
allowances could have a significant negative or positive impact on future earnings.

Our
provision for income taxes also includes the impact of provisions established for uncertain income tax positions, as well as the related interest and penalties. Tax exposures can
involve complex issues and may require an extended period to resolve. Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax
outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the
extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Accounting for share-based employee compensation plans

Share-based employee compensation is determined based on the grant date fair value of the awards ultimately expected to vest. We
recognize these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award, provided it is no less than the amount that would have been recognized for the vested
portion of the award.

In
the past, we have declared and paid dividends, including with respect to the years ended March 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. However, we do not plan to pay regular dividends on any
of our shares in the foreseeable future. While we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, we may, by a resolution of
the board of directors, authorize a special one-time dividend or other form of distribution to our shareholders at such time and such amount as board of directors determine to be appropriate and in
the best interest of the Company. As a result, if we do not pay dividends, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A ordinary shares will be investors' sole source of gain for the
foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the reservation of part of the profits and distributions to shareholders will depend on a range of factors, including the availability of
distributable profits, our liquidity and financial position, restrictions imposed by our financing arrangements, tax considerations, planned acquisitions, strategic plans of the Company and other
relevant factors. Since our practice of paying dividends was different in the past, we used an expected dividend yield of 3.4% and 1.9% applicable to our grants on March 25, 2010 and
December 15, 2011, respectively, which we believe was a reasonable expectation at the time of grant.

The
expected life of an option usually represents the weighted-average period during which our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We have no experience or history to be able
to determine the expected life over which our option awards will be held before exercise. However, we believe it is reasonable to assume exercise or issuance upon vesting, since the exercise price is
nil.

95

---



Table of Contents

If
any of the assumptions used in the valuation model changes significantly, share-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared to awards previously granted.

We
estimate forfeitures at the time of a grant and revise our estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures or vesting differ from those estimates. The assumptions
used in the valuation model are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment. We have no past history of option forfeitures, but the retention rate amongst our key
employees and management has historically been high. Therefore, our forfeiture rate is expected to be insignificant. As a result, we have applied an estimated forfeiture rate of nil. If the actual
forfeiture rate is materially different from the estimate, share-based compensation expense could be materially lower than what has been recorded.

Fair value of ordinary shares

Prior to our initial public offering, we were a private company with no quoted market prices for our ordinary shares. This means we
needed to make estimates of the fair value of our ordinary shares at various dates for the purpose of determining the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of the grant of a share-based
compensation award to our employees as one of the inputs into determining the grant date fair value of the award.

The
following table sets forth the fair value of our ordinary shares estimated at different times:

Date

Class of Stock

Fair Value
(per share)

Purpose of Valuation

Discount
for Lack of
MarketabilityMarch 25, 2010

Ordinary shares

$
4.57

Stock option grant


44.0
%December 15, 2011

Ordinary shares

$
15.25

Stock option grant


27.5
%March 20, 2013

Ordinary shares

$
18.82

Business combination


15.0
%June 25, 2013

Class A ordinary shares

$
17.00

Initial public offering price


N/ANovember 22, 2013

Class A ordinary shares

$
34.00

Secondary public offering price


N/A


When
estimating the fair value of our ordinary shares, our management considered a number of factors, including the result of an appraisal of an independent third-party valuation firm
and equity transactions of our company, while taking into account standard valuation methods. We used contemporaneous valuations for our option awards, and also hired a third party appraiser in order
to appraise our December 15, 2011 grant.

The
valuations used a combination of (i) the income approach/discounted cash flow ("DCF") method and (ii) the market approach by reference to the valuations of comparable
public companies or transactions with peer companies. The determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares requires us to make complex and subjective judgments regarding our projected financial
and operating results, our unique business risks, liquidity of our ordinary shares and our operating history, and prospects at the time of each grant. We considered a variety of empirical studies as
well as, restrictions on the marketability of our ordinary shares to determine an appropriate discount for lack of marketability.

The
major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of our ordinary shares using DCF include:



96

---



Table of Contents



Our
sales and earnings growth rates, as well as major milestones that we have achieved, contributed significantly to the increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares. However, these
fair values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. The assumptions used in deriving the fair values include: no material changes in the existing political, legal and economic conditions; our
ability to retain competent management, key personnel to support our ongoing operations; and no material deviation in market
conditions from economic forecasts. The risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate WACC.

The
major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of our ordinary shares using market approach include:

Capital market valuation multiples.We obtained and assessed publicly available capital markets data of the selected comparable
companies and used,
for our valuations multiples of enterprise value to sales, and enterprise value to EBITDA (EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization).

Set
forth below is a detailed description of the approaches used to determine the fair market value of our shares for option awards:

March 2010 option awards.In March 2010, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,368,800 ordinary shares, or approximately
7.8% of
then-outstanding ordinary shares. Our board of directors determined the fair value of the shares underlying those option awards using the combination of the discounted cash flow method and the market
approach in the amount of $4.57 per share.

In
the discounted cash flow model used for valuation of March 2010 option awards, we applied a discount rate (WACC) of 15.4%. Because our company's shares were not publicly traded at
that time and the underlying shares represented a minority interest, the valuation analysis performed for the March 2010 option awards employed a discount for lack of marketability and minority
discount, together totaling 44.0%.

The
above valuation was supported by the sale in May 2009 of 10% of our issued shares to an unrelated party at a price of approximately $3.57 per share, for a total deal size of
$10.0 million. The difference between the valuation of the May 2009 transaction and valuation of the March 2010 options awards can be attributed to our positive financial results for the year
ended March 31, 2010, as factored into the discounted cash flow model used for the March 2010 option grant valuation.

December 2011 option awards.In December 2011, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 585,032 ordinary shares, or approximately
1.9%, of our
then-outstanding ordinary shares. For the December 2011 grants we used a combination of the income approach/discounted cash flow method
and the market approach. In the DCF model, we used a discount rate (WACC) of 15%. Because our company's shares are not publicly traded and the underlying shares represent a minority interest, the
valuation analysis performed for the December 2011 option awards employed a discount for lack of marketability and minority discount, together totaling 27.5%.

March 20, 2013 business combination.On March 20, 2013, we acquired customer contracts and certain employees of FOSS. This
transaction
was considered a business combination for accounting purposes. As part of this business combination, we recorded a $0.5 million contingent consideration payable in 28,588 our ordinary shares.
This contingent consideration was estimated assuming a price per share of $18.82 per share. Going forward, we will reevaluate this contingent consideration payable at the end of each accounting
period, and we will base the equity portion of this figure on the then prevailing market price of our Class A ordinary shares. Considering the relative insignificance of the above amount to our
consolidated financial statements, we used only the income approach/discounted

97

---



Table of Contents

cash
flow method for this valuation. In the DCF model, we used a discount rate (WACC) of 14%. Because our shares were not publicly traded at that time and the underlying shares represented a minority
interest, the valuation analysis performed for this contingent consideration employed a discount for lack of marketability and minority discount, together totaling 15%.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2013-01, "Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting
Assets and Liabilities." The ASU clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2012-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." ASU 2012-11
applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific
criteria contained in the Codification or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim
periods within those annual periods and requires retrospective application for all comparative periods presented. The Company adopted the ASU effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this
standard did not have any effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In
February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," which adds new disclosure requirements for items
reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI".) The ASU is intended to help entities improve the transparency of changes in other comprehensive income (OCI) and items reclassified
out of AOCI in their financial statements. It does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or OCI in the financial statements. New disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal
periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and are applied prospectively. The Company adopted the ASU effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this standard did not have any effect on
the Company's financial reporting because the only item that had historically affected AOCI and therefore included in cumulative AOCI was currency translation adjustments.

In
March 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-05, Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of
Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity ("ASU 2013-05"). The amendments apply to (i) the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a
parent loses a controlling financial interest in part or all of its investment in a foreign entity (by sale or other transfer event); (ii) the acquisition of a business in stages by increasing
an investment in a foreign entity from one accounted for under the equity method to one accounted for as a consolidated investment; or (iii) situations where the foreign entity no longer holds
a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that conduct nonprofit activity or business within a foreign entity. The adoption of this guidance, which is effective prospectively
for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In
July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit
Carryforward Exists ("ASU 2013-11"). The amendments provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss,
or a tax credit carryforward exists. The adoption of this guidance, which is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, is not expected to have a material
effect on the Company's financial statements.

98

---



Table of Contents

C.  Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Total amount of research and development activities was $0.5, $1 and $2.9 million for the years
ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

D.  Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the period from
April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2014 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our net revenue, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that caused the
disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

E.  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest
entities, which includes special purposes entities and other structured finance entities.

F.  Contractual Obligations

The following table represents a summary of our estimated future payments under material contractual cash obligations as of March 31, 2014. Changes in our
business needs, cancellation provisions, changing interest rates and other factors may result in actual payments differing from these estimates. We cannot provide certainty regarding the timing and
amounts of payments.

Payments due by PeriodTotal

Less than
1 year

1 - 2 years

2 - 3 years

More than
3 years(in thousands)Capital lease obligations

$
106

$
38

$
68

$


$
Operating leases


30,156


14,468


6,810


5,698


3,180Short-term debt obligations


20,476


20,476








​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
50,738

$
34,982

$
6,878

$
5,698

$
3,180​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


99

---



Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

The following table sets forth the name, age, and position as of the date of this annual report regarding each of our directors,
executive officers and director nominees.

Name

Age

PositionExecutive officersDmitry Loshchinin


47

Chief Executive Officer and PresidentMikhail Friedland


47

Executive Vice PresidentRoman Yakushkin


42

Chief Financial OfficerPrzemyslaw Berendt


33

Vice President Global MarketingRoman Trachtenberg


38

Managing Director, Luxoft North AmericaVadim Iasenik


43

Managing Director, Western EuropeDirectorsEsther Dyson


62

DirectorGlen Granovsky


52

DirectorMarc Kasher


44

DirectorAnatoly Karachinskiy


54

DirectorThomas Pickering


82

DirectorDmitry Loshchinin


47

DirectorVladimir Morozov


58

DirectorSergey Matsotsky


52

Director


Executive officers

Dmitry LoshchininChief Executive Officer and President, Director

Dmitry
Loshchinin has served as our Chief Executive Officer since our inception in 2000. Mr. Loshchinin also became a director of Luxoft in November of
2013. Mr. Loshchinin started his professional career as a software engineer in the early 1990's in Germany. Before joining us, Mr. Loshchinin served in management roles within leading
software companies including Kerntechnik, Entwicklung, Dinamyk GmbH (KED), Siemens Nixdorf Informationssysteme, AG (SNI), and IBM Corp. In 1998, Mr. Loshchinin joined IBS Group, where he
successfully implemented the "SAP R/3" enterprise resource planning software practice before taking charge of IBS Group's initiative to offer offshore software services. This initiative eventually
became Luxoft. Mr. Loshchinin holds a Master of Science degree in Applied Math from Moscow State University and completed an executive education program at the University of Pennsylvania's
Wharton School of Business.

Mikhail FriedlandExecutive Vice President

Mikhail
Friedland has served as our Executive Vice President since 2006. Mr. Friedland oversees our services and industry verticals, as well as our
corporate sales and overall strategy for winning business. Mr. Friedland has more than 20 years of experience in the IT and software services industry. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Friedland worked as a software engineer for Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers, and Medco (now Merck). In 1993, Mr. Friedland co-founded IT Consulting International (ITCI), which
provided consulting and later outsourcing services for various U.S. clients including AIG, Citibank, Lehman Brothers, Markit, Morgan Stanley and Bunge. In 2006, we acquired ITCI. Mr. Friedland
completed an executive education program at the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School of Business.

100

---



Table of Contents

Roman YakushkinChief Financial Officer

Roman
Yakushkin has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2006. Mr. Yakushkin has over 15 years of financial experience. Prior to joining
us, Mr. Yakushkin held several senior financial positions with a number of leading companies including MTS (Mobile Telesystems), FESCO and Louis Dreyfus. Mr. Yakushkin holds a Master of
Business Administration degree from INSEAD and a University degree in Oriental Studies from Far Eastern State University. He is also a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Przemyslaw BerendtVice President Global Marketing

Przemyslaw
Berendt joined us as Managing Director for Poland in 2010, and has served as our Vice President of Global Marketing since April 2011.
Mr. Berendt is responsible for our overall marketing strategy. Prior to joining us, Mr. Berendt served in the Global Business Services division of Procter & Gamble, and as a
branch manager of Betware, a mid-size, international software development company. Mr. Berendt holds a Master of Science degree in Computer Science
from DePaul University, a Bachelor of Arts degree in Computer Science from the National-Louis University. He currently attends the Program for Leadership Development at Harvard Business School.

Roman TrachtenbergManaging Director, Luxoft North America

Roman
Trachtenberg joined us in 2009 as Financial Services Accounts Director, and has served as CEO of Luxoft North America since 2011. Mr. Trachtenberg
has more than 15 years of technology experience, and has managed global organizations with more than 500 employees in the financial services, consumer and real estate sectors. Prior to joining
us, Mr. Trachtenberg served as Chief Operating Officer at SMINEX LLC and as Vice President of Operations at Rosbuilding Investment Company, both Russian private equity firms.
Mr. Trachtenberg has also held management positions at companies including Republic National Bank of New York, Gateway Inc., Deutsche Bank and AIG. Mr. Trachtenberg holds a
Bachelor's degree in Business Administration from Southern State University.

Vadim IasenikManaging Director, Western Europe

Vadim
Iasenik joined us in 2010 as Managing Director of Western Europe. Mr. Iasenik has more than 20 years of experience in senior positions in
major international companies such as AIG, J.P. Morgan, Gateway, Inc. and Prudential Securities. Mr. Iasenik has also served as Senior Vice President of Rosbuilding and CEO of
SMINEX LLC. Mr. Iasenik has also served as head of corporate finance IT at Deutsche Bank in London. Mr. Iasenik holds a Master's degree in System Engineering from South Russian
State Technical University.

Directors



Esther
Dyson has been a member of our board of directors since February 2014. Ms. Dyson is the founder of HICCup (Health Initiative Coordinating
Council), a not-for-profit organization focused on community health, since May 2013. Previously, she worked as a technology analyst and a journalist at Forbes, New Court Securities and
Oppenheimer & Co. Ms. Dyson worked as editor-in-chief for and was chairman of EDventure Holdings from 1983, until selling the company to CNET in 2004. Ms. Dyson is a member
of the boards of 23andMe, Eventful, Meetup Inc., NewspaperDirect, PA Consulting, Personal Inc., Voxiva, WPP Group (WPPG), XCOR Aerospace, and Yandex (YNDX). She was the founding chairman
of ICANN, the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (1998-2000). Between 1997 and 2013, Ms. Dyson was a member of the Advisory Board of IBS Group, a shareholder of the Company.
Ms. Dyson holds a BA in economics from Harvard University and a certificate of training completion from Yuri Gagarin Cosmonaut Training Center, where she served as a backup to space tourist
Charles Simonyi.

101

---



Table of Contents

Glen GranovskyDirector

Glen
Granovsky has been a member of our board of directors since 2006. He has served as Director of IBS Group since 1999. Mr. Granovsky served as
President and CEO of Luxoft USA, Inc. (formerly IBS USA, Inc.) between 2005 and 2010. Mr. Granovsky is also a Director of WB Services Inc., Discreet Management and
Consulting Limited, The Custodians of Russian Culture Inc., Oradel Equities Inc., News 360 International Group Inc., Paramus Enterprises Ltd., RS-Technologies Ltd.
and BXA Investments Ltd. Prior to joining us, Mr. Granovsky was head of the IT sales team at Intermicro Joint Venture and a manager at Asiatronics Limited, U.K. Mr. Granovsky
holds a Master's degree in Applied Mathematics and Information Systems Management from Gubkin Russian State University of Oil and Gas.

Marc KasherDirector

Marc
Kasher has been a member of our board of directors since September of 2013. Mr. Kasher is a Managing Director at PineBridge Investments (formerly
known as AIG Investments). Prior to PineBridge Investments, Mr. Kasher worked for USAID projects focused on privitization strategies in several countries of the former Soviet Union.
Mr. Kasher currently serves or has in the past served as a director of several Pine Bridge Investments' portfolio companies, and also sits on the board of directors of New Media Distribution
Company, a content producer for the Russian television market. Mr. Kasher holds a Master's Degree in Business Administration with a concentration in finance from Georgetown University, and a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University.

Anatoly KarachinskiyDirector

Anatoly
Karachinskiy has been a member of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Karachinskiy is the co-founder and CEO of our parent, IBS Group. Prior
to founding IBS Group, Mr. Karachinskiy was the technical director of Intermicro Joint Venture. Mr. Karachinskiy has previously worked at PROSYSTEM, an Australian computer hardware
company, and at the All-Union Research and Development Institute for Railroad Transport. Mr. Karachinskiy has been the chairman of the advisory board of IBS Group and is the chairman of the
board of a number of IBS Group subsidiaries. Mr. Karachinskiy has a degree in systems engineering from the Moscow Institute of Railroad Engineers.

Thomas PickeringDirector

Thomas
Pickering has been a member of our board of directors since June 2013. Mr. Pickering is the Vice Chairman at international consulting firm,
Hills & Company. He served as Senior Vice President for International Relations at the Boeing Company until his retirement in 2006. Prior to joining the Boeing Company, Mr. Pickering
served as U.S. Under-Secretary of State for Political Affairs at the U.S. State Department. Mr. Pickering was U.S. ambassador to the Russian Federation, India, Israel, El Salvador, Nigeria, and
the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan. Mr. Pickering received a bachelor's degree in history from Bowdoin College and a master's degree from the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at Tufts
University.

Dmitry LoshchininDirector

Dmitry
Loshchinin was appointed to our board of directors in November 2013. See "ITEM 6. Directors. Senior Management and
EmployeesExecutive Officers."

Vladimir MorozovDirector

Vladimir
Morozov has been a member of our board of directors since November 2013. Dr. Morozov has served as the Chief Operating Officer (COO) of IBS
Group since 1998. Prior to

102

---



Table of Contents

working
at IBS Group, Mr. Morozov worked at the Research Institute for Systems Development, and held executive positions with several service companies in Russia. Dr. Morozov holds a
Ph.D in Mathematics, and graduated from the Computer Engineering and Cybernetics Department of Moscow State University.

Sergey MatsotskyDirector

Sergey
Matsotsky has been a member of our board of directors since November 2013. Mr. Matsotsky is a co-founder and Senior Vice President of IBS Group,
and Chief Executive Officer of IBS IT Services. Prior to founding IBS Group in 1992, Mr. Matsotsky was the Commercial Director of a large Russian IT company. Mr. Matsotsky holds a degree
in Automation and Applied Mathematics from the Gubkin Institute of Oil and Gas.

B.  Compensation

The aggregate compensation paid to or accrued on behalf of our directors and executive officers as a group during the year ended March 31, 2014 consisted
of approximately $5.7 million in salary, bonuses, stock-based compensation and directors' fees. We did not set aside any amounts for pension, severance, retirement or similar benefits or
expenses. This amount does not include any professional and business association dues, business travel, relocation costs and other expenses and benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in our
industry and geographies.

One
of our directors, Glen Granovsky, who served as president and CEO of our subsidiary, Luxoft USA, Inc., between 2006 and 2010, received 12,852 restricted shares of the Company
in June 2012 under our stock option plan vesting as follows: 3,696 shares vested on June 15, 2012, 3,976 shares vested on June 15, 2013, 2,576 shares vested on June 14, 2014 and
2,604 shares were cancelled because they were subject to certain performance conditions which were not achieved. The total grant date fair value of the shares was $196,000.

We
pay each of our three independent directors, Ms. Dyson and Messrs. Kasher and Pickering, an annual fee of $60,000. Mr. Kasher receives an additional annual fee of
$10,000 for his service as Chairperson of our Audit Committee. We also reimburse our directors for reasonable and documented travel expenses incurred to attend board meetings. None of our directors is
party to a service contract that provides for benefits upon the termination of the director's engagement.

During
the year ended March 31, 2014, a total of 30,184 Class A shares have vested into the ownership of our directors and executive officers under our stock option plans
described below. These shares vested according to our existing stock option plans on June 15th, 2013

C.  Board Practices

Corporate governance practices

We are a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. A "controlled company" is a company of which more than
50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. We are a controlled company on the basis that IBS Group has 91.0% of our voting power.

Pursuant
to the "controlled company" exemption, we are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, each of which is composed
entirely of independent directors, has a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities, and is subject to an annual performance evaluation. In the event that we cease to be a
controlled company, we may elect to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the corporate governance rules, or we may avail ourselves of the exemption from corporate
governance rules afforded to foreign private issuers, as discussed below.

103

---



Table of Contents

The
"controlled company" exemption does not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee. See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard
PracticesBoard CommitteesAudit committee." In addition, although we are not required to make a formal determination regarding the independence of our directors under NYSE's
corporate governance rules, we have determined that Mr. Pickering, Mr. Kasher and Ms. Dyson are independent under the applicable NYSE corporate governance rules.

As
a foreign private issuer, we have elected to apply the corporate governance rules of the NYSE with the exception of maintaining an internal audit function, even though, as a foreign
private issuer, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country, the British Virgin Islands, instead of certain NYSE requirements. Nevertheless, we may in the future
follow home country corporate governance practices instead of some or all of the NYSE's requirements, including in the event we are no longer eligible for the "controlled company" exemption. A foreign
private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of the NYSE's requirements must submit to the NYSE in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer's home
country certifying that the issuer's practices are not prohibited by the home country's laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement. Certain NYSE corporate governance requirements are
not reflected in the BVI Act or other British Virgin Islands law, such as the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive issuances of shares, including the sale of our
Class A ordinary shares in below market private placement transactions if greater than 20% of our pre-transaction issued and outstanding shares are sold, or are subject to different approval
requirements, such as in connection with the establishment or amendment of equity compensation plans. Moreover, the BVI Act does not require the implementation of a nominating committee or
establishment of a formal director nomination process, the formation of an audit committee or if such a committee is formed that it have any specific composition, that a board of directors consist of
a majority of independent directors or that independent directors be involved in the determination of executive compensation. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard
PracticesBoard CommitteesCorporate governance practices." Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same
protection as provided under NYSE corporate governance rules.

Furthermore,
as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our
officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not
be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies
whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

Board structure

Our board of directors consists of eight members. Our board has determined that Thomas Pickering, Marc Kasher and Esther Dyson are
independent under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and NYSE rules.

Board committees

Audit committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Kasher, Mr. Pickering and Ms. Dyson. Under the Securities and Exchange
Commission and NYSE corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors. Our board of directors has

104

---



Table of Contents

determined
that Mr. Pickering, Mr. Kasher and Ms. Dyson are "independent" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, and the independence
requirements under the NYSE governance rules.

All
members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules of the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kasher is an
"audit committee financial expert", as such term is defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Our
board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the NYSE, which include:



Compensation committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Kasher, Karachinskiy and Granovsky. Mr. Karachinskiy serve as the Chairman
of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the committee which
include:



Duties of directors

Under British Virgin Islands law, our board of directors has a duty to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interest. Our
directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our board of
directors must ensure compliance with the BVI Act and our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the Section 184B of the BVI Act, "if a company or a director of a company engages
in, proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes this Act or the memorandum or articles of the company, the Court may, on the application of a member or a director of the company,
make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, this Act or the memorandum or articles."

105

---



Table of Contents

Under
the BVI Act, the board of directors has the responsibility and have all the powers necessary for managing or directing or supervising our business and affairs, including, but not
limited to, the following:



Stock option plan

SOP I and SOP II

On March 25, 2010, our board of directors adopted our Stock Option Plan, or SOP. At that time, our board of directors reserved
up to 8.0% of our then-outstanding ordinary shares, or 2,434,796 ordinary shares, for issuance in connection with the vesting of options to be granted under the SOP to our employees and managers and
employees and managers of our designated subsidiaries and associated companies. We refer to these options as SOP I. On December 13, 2011, our board of directors reserved an additional 2.0% of
our then-outstanding ordinary shares, or 621,124 ordinary shares, for issuance in connection with the vesting of options that may be granted under the SOP. We refer to these options as SOP II.

IBS
Group incorporated a special purpose vehicle, Luxoft SOP Company S.A., a British Virgin Islands company ("Luxoft SOP"), to operate the SOP. The SOP is implemented by way of
option agreements among IBS, Rus Lux Limited, the participants, us and Luxoft SOP. Under the SOP, we issue our ordinary shares to Luxoft SOP in connection with the vesting of SOP options, and Luxoft
SOP then transfers such shares to participants in accordance with the option agreements.

The
SOP is administered by the SOP Committee, a special committee appointed by our board of directors to adopt any decisions and execute any documents required in order to implement and
administer the SOP and the option agreements. In connection with our initial public offering, the administration of the SOP was transferred to our compensation committee. Options granted under the SOP
vest at such times and upon such terms and conditions as set forth in the option agreements. Holders of options granted under the SOP may exercise their options without payment of an exercise price.

Each
option granted under the SOP I is divided into five tranches. The first tranche became exercisable on March 31, 2010 without any conditions. The second, third, and fourth
tranches became exercisable on March 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, generally subject to the condition that the participant remained employed with us or any of our affiliates as of the
relevant dates. The fifth tranche became exercisable on March 31, 2013, generally subject to the conditions that the participant remains employed with us or any of our affiliates as of such
date and that we achieve certain EBITDA and revenue metrics for the year ended March 31, 2013. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization. On
June 14, 2012, our board of directors approved the acceleration of exercisability of the fourth and fifth tranches applicable to the options held by certain of our officers which resulted in
the acceleration of 116,956 options. One of the option agreements under the SOP I did not subject the exercisability of any tranches to any conditions. As of March 31, 2014, 2,368,800 of our
Class A ordinary shares had been granted under the SOP I; 2,232,132 options were exercised and underlying shares issued; 106,288 Class A ordinary shares underlying options were vested,
exercisable and issued to Luxoft SOP; and 30,380 options and underlying Class A ordinary shares were

106

---



Table of Contents

not
granted to any participant and remain in the SOP I share pool. Under the SOP II, 621,124 shares were set aside for our employees and managers. On December 14, 2011, the SOP Committee
approved the issuance of an aggregate of 585,032 options to purchase ordinary shares to forty participants. The SOP II, like the SOP I, is administered by Luxoft SOP Company S.A. Each option
granted under the SOP II is divided into four tranches. The first tranche became exercisable on June 15, 2012 without any conditions. The second tranche became exercisable on June 15,
2013 and the third tranche became exercisable on June 15, 2014, subject to the condition that the participant remained employed with us or any of our affiliates as of such date. The fourth
tranche did not vest and was not exercised on June 15, 2014, because certain EBITDA and revenue metrics for the year ended March 31, 2014 were not achieved.

On
June 15, 2013, our Board of Directors adopted a stock option plan (SOP II+) for two of our employees, and granted 18,900 options to purchase of our ordinary shares to these
participants. The options granted pursuant to the SOP II+ plan had the following vesting schedule: 6,748 options on June 15, 2013; 6,076 options on June 15, 2014; and 6,076 options on
June 15, 2014, subject to us having achieved certain revenue and EBITDA targets for the year ended March 31, 2014. The performance related tranche did not vest and was not exercised.

On
June 15, 2013, we issued new shares in the aggregate amount of 116,788 pursuant to the SOP II and SOP II+ vesting on June 30, 2013and 2,632 restricted shares to
U.S. participants, vesting on June 15, 2014.

On
December 31, 2013, 143,808 SOP II shares subject to certain performance conditions were cancelled. Total expenses reversed amounted to $1.7 million.

On
February 12, 2014, we granted 5,883 restricted shares to US participants subject to specified service conditions. These shares vested on June 15, 2014 and were issued to
Luxoft SOP upon vesting.

As
of March 31, 2014, options with respect to 609,815 of our ordinary shares had been granted less the cancelled portion of 153,972 shares; 139,104 options were exercised and
underlying shares were issued; 145,292 shares underlying options vested, became exercisable and were issued to Luxoft SOP; 23,212 shares had been forfeited; and 148,235 options and underlying
Class A ordinary shares subject to outstanding awards remained unvested.

Options
granted under the SOP expire five years from the date on which the first tranche becomes exercisable. Upon his or her options becoming exercisable and before they expire, a
participant may either provide a written exercise notice to Luxoft SOP to exercise such options, or enter into a written agreement with the parties to the option agreement for the exercisable options
to be held by Luxoft SOP for an agreed term within the exercise period and to receive during such term an annual amount from Luxoft SOP equal to the dividends applicable to such options.

Option
agreements terminate in the event of termination of employment of the participant. If a participant's participation in the SOP is terminated due to "unacceptable termination
grounds," as determined by the SOP Committee, including violation by the participant of the conditions of any non-compete agreement, the SOP Committee may in its discretion provide for one of the
following: (i) the participant may retain the ordinary shares granted to him or her pursuant to the exercise of options but loses any options that were not exercised as of the date of
termination, or (ii) the ordinary shares granted to him or her as of the date of termination will be subject to repurchase by Luxoft SOP at a nominal value and any options that were not
exercisable or exercised as of the date of termination will be forfeited. If a participant's participation in the SOP terminates due to any other reason, including termination of the participant's
employment by reason of mutual consent or the participant's
death, the participant may retain his or her options that have become exercisable as of the date of termination, rounded up to the nearest number in whole shares. If a participant's employment is

107

---



Table of Contents

terminated
by us or any of our affiliates as a result of a change of control (as defined in the option agreements), all of his or her options will immediately become fully exercisable.

Under
the SOP, Luxoft SOP may propose annually to participants to acquire their shares and/or assign their options in exchange for certain consideration to be determined by us. If the
parties agree to such an acquisition or assignment, the parties will enter into a separate agreement reflecting the agreed upon terms.

Participants
were entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares granted to them pursuant to the exercise of options subject to the preemptive rights of IBS Group, Rus Lux Limited
and/or Luxoft SOP set forth in the option agreement. However, upon the closing of the initial public offering, such preemptive rights ceased to exist.

Options
are non-transferable except in the event of a participant's death or if required by law.

No
provision of the option agreements may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing by the participant, us and Luxoft SOP.

U.S. stock plan

On June 14, 2012, our board of directors adopted the Luxoft Holding, Inc Stock Plan, or the U.S. SOP. The U.S. SOP generally
permits the grant of stock options and restricted shares to our, and our affiliates', current and prospective directors, officers, employees and consultants. A total of 112,000 ordinary shares that
were reserved for issuance under the SOP II may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the U.S. SOP. The total amount of shares reserved for issuance was increased by 47,628 shares upon the
closing of the FOSS transaction. See "ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsAcquisition Agreements." As of June 2, 2014,
119,653 options to purchase
our ordinary shares were granted under the U.S. SOP, 30,660restricted shares were cancelled, 36,319 restricted shares were outstanding, and 52,584 shares underlying options were vested.

Our
board of directors, an authorized body designated by our board of directors, or another authorized delegate of our board of directors administers the U.S. SOP. The administrator's
duties include (i) designating participants; (ii) determining the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determining the number of our ordinary shares to be
covered by awards; (iv) determining the terms and conditions of any awards; (v) determining the vesting schedules of awards; (vi) accelerating the vesting or exercisability of
awards; and (vii) interpreting, administering and reconciling any inconsistency in the U.S. SOP or award agreement. The administrator or our board of directors may amend or terminate the U.S.
SOP at any time, except that no amendment or termination may adversely affect the rights of any participant to whom any award has been granted under the U.S. SOP without his or her written consent.

Options
granted under the U.S. SOP generally vest and become exercisable over a period of four years with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on the first anniversary of the
grant date and the rest vesting monthly over the next three years, subject to continued employment or service by the option holder on the relevant vesting date. Options generally expire upon the
earlier of (i) ten years from the grant date, (ii) 90 days after the option holder ceases to be a director, officer, employee or consultant for any reason other than his or her
death or termination of employment or service due to cause (as defined in the U.S. SOP), (iii) six months after the option holder's death or (iv) thirty days after the option holder
ceases to be a director, officer, employee or consultant by reason of termination of employment or service due to cause. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the exercise price of options
granted under the U.S. SOP may not be less than the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted
shares granted under the U.S. SOP to date generally vest in four tranches over a period of three years. With respect to restricted shares granted as of June 15, 2012,
the first tranche became

108

---



Table of Contents

vested
on June 15, 2012 without any conditions. The second and third tranches became vested on June 15, 2013 and 2014, respectively, generally subject to the condition that the
participant remains employed with us or any of our affiliates as of the relevant dates, except as described below. The fourth tranche became vested on June 15, 2014, generally subject to the
conditions that the participant remained employed with us or any of our affiliates as of such date, except as described below, and that we achieve certain EBITDA and revenue metrics for the year ended
March 31, 2014. If a participant's participation in the U.S. SOP is terminated based on "acceptable termination grounds" (as defined in the U.S. SOP), (i) the participant will retain the
vested restricted shares and (ii) any unvested restricted shares will be immediately forfeited. If a participant's participation in the U.S. SOP is terminated based on "unacceptable termination
grounds," (as defined in the U.S. SOP), his or her restricted shares will be treated as if his or her participation terminated for cause, as described below.

If
a participant is terminated for cause under the U.S. SOP, the administrator may in its discretion (i) permit such participant to retain all awards granted to him or her as of
the date of termination but deny him or her future rights to shares, including the right to exercise options that have become vested but which the participant has not yet exercised; or
(ii) exercise our right to buy back at a nominal value all restricted shares granted to the participant at the moment of termination and deny him or her any future right to restricted shares.

If
we are party to a change of control (as defined in the U.S. SOP) or merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock
dividend, stock split or reverse stock split in which the outstanding number of our ordinary shares as a whole is changed or exchanged, the administrator may in its discretion adjust the terms and
conditions of awards, including by providing for: (i) a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of awards or providing
for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of such event; (ii) a cash payment to the holder of an award in consideration for the cancellation of such award; or
(iii) cancellation and termination of any option having a per share exercise price equal to or in excess of the fair market value of a share subject to such option without any payment or
consideration. Generally, in the event of a change of control, if the participant does not remain in our employment or our successor entity's employment following such change of control, then any
outstanding options or restricted shares held by such participant will immediately become fully exercisable and vested, as applicable.

Participants
were entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares granted to them pursuant to U.S. SOP subject to the preemptive rights of IBS Group, Rus Lux Limited and/or Luxoft
SOP set forth in the U.S. SOP. However, upon the closing of the initial public offering, such preemptive rights ceased to exist.

Awards
under the U.S. SOP may not be transferred, except upon the participant's death by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

Unless
terminated earlier by our board of directors, the U.S. SOP will terminate on June 14, 2022.

Grant of options to our Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Dmitry Loshchinin, our President and CEO, entered into an option agreement, dated September 27, 2010, with us, Luxoft
SOP, IBS and Rus Lux Limited, providing for the terms of Mr. Loshchinin's participation under the SOP I. See above "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard
PracticesBoard CommitteesStock option plan". According to Mr. Loshchinin's option agreement,
Luxoft SOP granted him options to acquire free of charge 1,518,440 ordinary shares. For purposes of exercisability, such grant was divided into five tranches. The first tranche, comprising 873,516
options, became exercisable immediately without any conditions. The second, third, and fourth tranches, comprising 5,152, 5,180 and 312,480 options, respectively, became exercisable on
March 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, subject to the condition that

109

---



Table of Contents

Mr. Loshchinin
remains employed with us or any of our affiliates as of the relevant dates. The fifth tranche, comprising 322,112 options, became exercisable on March 31, 2013. In May
2013, Mr. Loshchinin exercised his option rights for 1,518,440 shares, which were transferred into Mr. Loshchinin's ownership.

According
to Mr. Loshchinin's option agreement, a portion of his options were granted in replacement of his 5% shareholding in Luxoft RM S.R.L. Under Mr. Loshchinin's
option agreement, we have agreed to buy the relevant shares (5% in Luxoft RM S.R.L.) from Mr. Loshchinin, and Mr. Loshchinin has agreed to conclude and register such share transfer to
us, which took place on October 21, 2010.

Mr. Loshchinin's
option agreement will terminate in the event of termination of his employment with us or any of our affiliates. If Mr. Loshchinin's employment terminates
due to cause, the SOP Committee may in its discretion provide for one of the following: (i) he may retain the ordinary shares granted to him pursuant to the exercise of options but loses any
options that he has not exercised as of the date of termination, or (ii) the ordinary shares granted to him as of the date of termination will be subject to repurchase by Luxoft SOP at a
nominal value and any options that were not exercisable or exercised as of the date of termination will be forfeited. If Mr. Loshchinin's employment terminates due to any other reason, he may
retain his options that have become exercisable as of the date of termination, rounded up to the nearest number in whole shares. If Mr. Loshchinin's employment is terminated by us or any of our
affiliates as a result of a change of control (as defined in his option agreement), all of his options will immediately become fully exercisable.

Mr. Loshchinin
was entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of the ordinary shares transferred to him pursuant to the exercise of his options subject to the preemptive rights of IBS
Group, Rus Lux Limited and/or Luxoft SOP set forth in his option agreement. However, upon the closing of the initial public offering, such preemptive rights ceased to exist.

During
the year ended March 31, 2014, Mr. Loshchinin has sold in the aggregate 133,141 of our Class A ordinary shares.

IndemnificationBritish Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's articles of association may provide for
indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification
against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association provide for the indemnification of our directors against all losses or liabilities incurred or sustained by
him or her as a director of our company in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal and this indemnity only applies if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best
interests and, with respect to any criminal action, he or she must have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. See "ITEM 10. Additional InformationMemorandum
and Articles of Association."

D.  Employees

Our human capital is a critical component of our business. Attracting and retaining skilled personnel is a key factor in our ability to grow our sales and meet
client expectations. As of March 31, 2014, we had 7,519 employees worldwide.

We
compensate our personnel through a combination of salaries, short-term bonuses and long-term incentives through our stock option plan that are based on the seniority of the personnel.
We allocate bonuses based on a set of relevant key performance indicators (KPIs) within each department and role. Our stock option plan was adopted in March 2010 and nine of our senior managers were
granted options pursuant to the plan. We amended the plan in December 2011 to increase the number of shares reserved and granted options to 40 additional senior personnel.

110

---





Table of Contents

The breakdown of our personnel by country is as follows:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014LocationRussia


2,145


2,076


2,313Ukraine


2.129


2,582


3,589Romania


655


732


834Poland


149


238


394U.S.


53


83


137UK


60


69


96Other locations


63


66


156​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total


5,254


5,846


7,519​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


The
breakdown of our personnel by department is as follows:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014DepartmentEngineering and development(1)


4,556


4,927


6,366Human resources, sales and marketing(2)


203


300


376Administration


472


596


754Executive management


23


23


23​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total


5,254


5,846


7,519​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


(1)This
department consists of all of our IT professionals.(2)Human
Resources includes recruitment and training departments.


Most
of our personnel are salaried employees. While the majority of our personnel in Ukraine are employed as contractors they otherwise work on substantially equal basis and terms with
our salaried employees in Russia. None of our employees are members of unions or are represented by collective bargaining agreements. We believe we have retained a good working relationship with our
employees and contractors and have not experienced any labor disputes.

E.  Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please refer to "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and
EmployeesBoard PracticesBoard CommitteesCompensationOption Plans" and "ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party TransactionsMajor
Shareholders".

ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.  Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares as of June 30, 2014
by:



111

---



Table of Contents

The
beneficial ownership of ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any ordinary shares over which a
person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership For purposes of the table below, we deem shares subject to options or warrants
that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2014, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the
purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage
ownership of any other person. The percentage of shares beneficially owned is based on the 32,851,345ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, comprising 9,092,750 Class A shares
and 23,758,595 Class B shares. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed below, have the same voting rights attached to the respective class of their ordinary shares. Our
Class A ordinary shares have one vote per share. Our class B ordinary shares have ten votes per share. See "ITEM 10. Additional InformationMemorandum and Articles of
AssociationVoting rights." Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares, except to
the extent authority is shared by spouses under community property laws. We have set forth below information regarding any significant change in the percentage ownership of our shares by any of our
major shareholders during the past three years. Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder's address is c/o Luxoft Holding, Inc, Akara Bldg., 24 De Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, PO
Box 3136, Road Town, Tortola, BVI.

For
a description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates during the periods under review, see "ITEM 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions."

Shares Beneficially OwnedClass A

Class B% of Total
Voting PowerName of Beneficial Owner

Shares

%

Shares(7)

%Principal Shareholders:IBS Group Holding Limited(1)


239,838


2.6
%

22,540,155


94.9


91.5
%Luxoft SOP S.A.(2)


239,838


2.6





*


*Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC(3)


693,796


7.6





*


FMR LLC(4)


835,806


9.2





*


Morgan Stanley(5)


509,683


5.6





*


BlackRock, Inc.(6)


485,172


5.3





*


Executive Officers, Directors and Director NomineesAnatoly Karachinskiy(1)


239,838


2.6


22,540,155


94.9


91.5Przemyslaw Berend


4,737


*








*Marc Kasher














Vladimir Morozov














Sergey Matsotsky














Mikhail Friedland


268,688


3.0








*Glen Granovsky


6,312


*








*Vadim Iasenik


18,516


*








*Dmitry Loshchinin


170,207


1.9


1,218,440


5.1


5.0Roman Trachtenberg


12,952


*





0.0


*Roman Yakushkin


2,008


*





0.0


*Thomas Pickering














Esther Dyson​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)


723,258


8.0


23,758,595


100.0


96.6


*Represents
beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.


112

---



Table of Contents

(1)Based
on information provided to the registrant by the reporting person. Includes 22,540,155 Class B ordinary shares held by IBS Group Holding
Limited and 247,286 Class A ordinary shares held directly by Luxoft SOP Company S.A., which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of IBS Group Holding Limited, on behalf of participants
in our equity plans. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesBoard CommitteesStock option
plan." Our ordinary shares are issued to Luxoft SOP Company S.A. in connection with the vesting of options, and Luxoft SOP Company S.A. then transfers such shares
to participants in accordance with the option agreements. The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has voting power over such shares in connection with its responsibilities of
administering the equity plans. Mr. Anatoly Karachinskiy, the President and Chairman of the Advisory Board of IBS Group Holding Limited, owns 100% of BXA Investments Ltd., which owns
8,346,000 shares, or 37.7%, of IBS Group Holding Limited. Mr. Karachinskiy also owns 1,242,084 global depositary receipts each representing one share of IBS Group Holding Limited, or
approximately 5.6% of IBS Group Holding Limited, deposited at The Bank of New York Mellon. Croyton Limited, which holds 4,472,078 shares, or 20.2%, of IBS Group Holding Limited, is the trustee for the
IBS Group founders trust. Beneficiaries of this trust are, among others, Mr. Karachinskiy and Mr. Sergey Matsotsky. Mr. Karachinskiy may be deemed to have voting and investment
power with respect to the shares IBS Group Holding Limited beneficially owns and, therefore, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for IBS Group is Kissack Court, 29
Parliament Street, IMS 1JA, Ramsey, Isle of Man.(2)Based
on information provided to the registrant by reporting person, Includes 247,286 Class A ordinary shares held directly by Luxoft SOP
Company S.A., which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of IBS Group. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesBoard
CommitteesStock option plan."(3)Based
on a Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed on July 10, 2014.
Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC has sole voting power over 681,894 Class A ordinary shares and sole dispositive power over 693,796 Class A ordinary shares. The address of
Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC is 90 Hudson Street, Jersey City, NJ 07302.(4)Based
on a Schedule 13G/A filed on June 10, 2014. FMR LLC has sole voting power over 11,800 Class A ordinary shares and sole
dispositive power over 835,806 Class A ordinary shares The address of FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210.(5)Based
on a Schedule 13G filed on February 11, 2014. The address of Morgan Stanley entities is 1585 Broadway, New York NY 10036 and the address
of Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036.(6)Based
on a Schedule 13G filed on January 31, 2014. The address of BlackRock, Inc. is
40 East 52nd Street, New York NY 10022.(7)The
rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are identical, including dividend and liquidation rights,
except with respect to voting and conversion. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes per share and is
convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A ordinary share.


B.  Related Party Transactions

Relationship with IBS Group

Our principal shareholder is IBS Group. IBS Group's global depositary receipts are listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. IBS Group's
business consists of two primary segments: IT services and software development. We comprise IBS Group's entire software development segment. As described in more detail below, historically, IBS
Group's business segments have been operated on a substantially independent basis, with the exception of certain financing arrangements and limited service agreements, equipment purchases and leasing
arrangements. We continue to provide to and purchase from

113

---



Table of Contents

IBS Group
certain services on a limited basis in the ordinary course of our business on terms similar to those in arm's-length transactions, but will not continue to obtain financing from IBS
Group. As of June 30, 1014, IBS Group beneficially owns 69.3% of our outstanding ordinary shares and 91.47% of our voting power.

Provision of services

We have previously entered into, and continue to enter into a number of agreements with IBS Group affiliates for the provision to IBS
Group affiliates of software development services, recruitment services, consulting services and services related to staffing and creating dedicated delivery centers. The majority of these agreements
are framework agreements entered into for an indefinite term or for a term ranging from one to three years. Our framework recruitment services agreements are for a term of one year and are subject to
automatic renewal unless either party terminates the agreement in advance. Our framework services agreements are on a mutually non-exclusive basis and contain neither minimum purchase requirements nor
service commitments. The services agreements contain customary limitations on liability and indemnification provisions, and are subject to customary termination provisions. Each project under these
framework agreements is governed by an individual statement of work. In the aggregate, our sales of services to IBS Group affiliates amounted to $4.9 million, $8.0 million and
$4.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. We will continue providing services to IBS Group affiliates on a regular basis in the ordinary course of our business.

Purchase of services

We have previously entered into, and continue to enter into a number of written agreements and several arrangements with IBS Group
affiliates for the purchase of IT and telecom services, management services, marketing services and consulting services from the affiliates of IBS Group. The agreements are for an initial term of one
year subject to automatic renewal upon the expiration of each subsequent year unless either party terminates the agreements. The agreements also contain customary termination provisions, are on a
mutually non-exclusive basis and contain neither minimum purchase requirements nor service commitments. The agreements contain customary limitations on liability and indemnification provisions. In the
aggregate, our purchases of services from IBS Group affiliates, excluding lease of premises described separately, amounted to $0.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2014. We will
continue purchasing IT and telecom and other services from IBS Group affiliates on a regular basis in the ordinary course of our business.

Purchase of equipment

We have previously entered into, and continue to enter into several agreements for the purchase of software, computers and related
components and other equipment from IBS Group affiliates. The purchases were not on an installment basis, and we did not enter into any financing arrangements in connection with these purchases. The
purchases were on an "as-is" basis.

During
the year ended March 31, 2014, our total expenses in connection with the purchase of software, computers, related components and other equipment, excluding software
licenses, amounted to $1.5 million. We expect to continue purchasing equipment from IBS Group affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

Financing arrangements

On October 4, 2012, Luxoft International, as lender, entered into an unsecured EUR 0.7 million term loan agreement with
IBS International, an IBS Group affiliate, as borrower, for working capital purposes. The loan was due on October 4, 2013 and bore interest at a rate of 6.5% per annum, and has been fully
repaid.

114

---





Table of Contents

Acquisition agreements

In connection with the procurement of financing for, and bank guarantees related to, our acquisition of Luxoft Professional Romania
S.R.L. (formerly ITC Networks S.R.L.), we entered into a loan agreement with IBS Group $10.4 million in July 2010. The terms of this agreements mirror the terms of three loan and bank guarantee
agreements between IBS Group and ZAO UniCredit Bank. IBS Group's loans from ZAO UniCredit Bank under this loan agreements were secured by a pledge equal to 25% of our outstanding ordinary shares plus
one additional ordinary share and the loans were secured by our guarantee. The agreement, entered into on July 22, 2010, bore interest at a rate of one month LIBOR plus 5% per annum and matured
on July 21, 2013. As of March 31, 2014, these loans have been fully repaid and our shares were released from the pledge.

Guarantees and suretyships

During the year ended March 31, 2014, IBS Group and its affiliates entered into several agreements to unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee performance of our obligations under certain loan agreements and agreement for providing line for documentary operations with third-party lenders. The guarantees were limited by
the maximum amount of the guaranteed obligations which include the principal amounts of the loans or letters of credit ranging from $1.0 million to $18.0 million, interest rate, default,
penalty and other payments. The guarantees and suretyships entered into with IBS Group and its affiliates are irrevocable and IBS Group and its affiliates may not assign their respective rights and
obligations to third parties. The guarantees and suretyships expire upon the full payment by us of the amounts underlying such guarantees and suretyships, or otherwise upon the expiration of the
perpetuity period specified in such agreements. The list of guarantees effective as of March 31, 2014 is set forth below.



Between
April 2013 and March 31, 2014, we, as surety, entered into a number of suretyship agreements to secure performance by IBS Group affiliates of their respective obligations
under certain loan agreements and agreements of providing line for documentary operations with third-party lenders. The suretyships were limited by the maximum amount of the secured obligations which
included the principal amounts of the loans or letters of credit ranging from $0.8 million to $12.5 million, interest rate, default, penalty and other payments. The list of terminated
agreements terminated as of March 31, 2014 included suretyship agreements concluded in favor of ZAO UniCredit Bank, OAO MDM Bank and OAO Rosbank.

The
following agreements were still in effect as of March 31, 2014



115

---



Table of Contents



Sublicensing and licensing agreements

In April 2012, we entered into a sub-licensing agreement with an IBS Group affiliate. Under this sub-licensing agreement the IBS Group
affiliate undertook to grant to us a non-exclusive right to use certain licensed Microsoft software for an aggregate fee of $1.4 million payable in three portions. The rights are granted in
three stages upon payment of the relevant portion of the fee to IBS Group affiliate. The agreement is valid 36 months after the signing. During the period
from April 01, 2013 to March 31, 2014, the aggregate fee charged to us under this agreement amounted to $0.5 million.

Other related party transactions

Between June 9, 2008 and March 31, 2014, we entered into agreements with ZAO VTB 24, VTB Capital plc, OAO VTB Bank
and ZAO VTB Capital, all of whom are affiliates of our shareholder, Rus Lux Limited, for the provision of software development, installation, testing, adaptation, support and integration services, as
well as modification and maintenance services. For the year ended March 31, 2014, our revenues from our agreements with affiliates of Rus Lux Limited totaled $0.2 million. Rus Lux
Limited has sold all of its shares in our company in November 2013 and revenue earned for the period between November 27, 2013 and March 31, 2014 was not treated as transactions with
related party.

Registration Rights Agreement

On June 10, 2013, we entered into a registration rights agreement with IBS Group. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement,
IBS Group has the right to request that we file a registration statement registering its shares, provided that the value of the shares to be registered is not less than $5.0 million, net
of any underwriting discount or commission and provided further that we are not required to such registration statement before the later of 180 days of the pricing of our initial public
offering, or the expiration of IBS Group's lock-up agreement. IBS Group may also request that we file a registration statement on a Form F-3 or S-3, if we are eligible to use such form.
The agreement requires a six-month waiting period between demand registrations.

IBS
Group has piggyback registration rights, which provide it with the right to register its shares in the event of an offering of securities by us. The piggyback registration rights are
subject to certain restrictions and limitations, including the right of the managing underwriters to limit the number of shares included in such registration if it would interfere with the successful
marketing of the shares.

The
registration rights agreement contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions. Registration rights under the registration rights agreement terminate when no
registrable securities are outstanding.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated financial statements

We have appended our consolidated financial statements at the end of this annual report, starting at page F-1, as part of this
annual report.

116

---



Table of Contents

Legal proceedings

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of
business, we are not currently a party to any material legal proceeding, nor are we aware of any material legal or governmental proceeding against us, or contemplated to be brought against us.

Dividend Policy

In December 2011, we paid a $4.0 million dividend, representing $0.14 per share, to our shareholders for the year ended
March 31, 2011. On July 21, 2012, we declared a $27.0 million dividend, representing $0.91 per share, for the year ended March 31, 2012, $22.0 million of which was
paid to our shareholders, and the balance of which was offset against a loan receivable from IBS Group. On April 30, 2013, we declared a $30.5 million dividend, representing $1.00 per
share, to our shareholders, for the year ended March 31, 2013. We have paid this dividend in full by the end of November 2013 out of our operating cash flows.

Although
we have declared and paid dividends in prior years, we do not intend to declare or pay any regular dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. While we
currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, we may, by a resolution of the board of directors, authorize a special
one-time dividend or other form of distribution to our shareholders at such time and such amount as the board of directors determine to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company. Any
future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to the BVI Act, and will depend on a number of factors, including future
earnings, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, financial condition and future prospects, strategic plans of the Company and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Any
future dividend that our board of directors may declares will be shared equally on a per share basis.

B.  Significant Changes

No significant changes have occurred since March 31, 2014, except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report.

ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

Our Class A ordinary shares have been trading on the New York Stock Exchange since June 26, 2013, under the symbol
"LXFT". Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per Class A
ordinary share as reported on NYSE:

NYSEAnnual

High

Low(price per
ordinary share)Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2014 (beginning on June 26, 2013)


43.33


19.89




NYSEQuarterly

High

LowFirst Quarter ended June 30, 2014


36.72


24.38Fourth Quarter ended March 31, 2014


43.33


28.83Third Quarter ended December 31, 2013


38.06


25.50Second Quarter ended September 30, 2013


26.90


19.90First Quarter ended June 30, 2013 (beginning on June 26, 2013)


21.70


18.55


117

---



Table of Contents



NYSEMost Recent Six Months

High

Low(price per
ordinary share)July 2014 (through July 8, 2014)


37.59


36.19June 2014


36.65


31.20May 2014


32.96


24.38April 2014


36.72


26.99March 2014


35.07


28.83February 2014


43.33


36.02January 2014


38.29


36.50


The
closing price of our Class A ordinary shares as of July 8, 2014 was U.S. $37.59 per ordinary share.

C.  Markets

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

B.  Memorandum and Articles of Association

General

We are a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum of
association and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law.

As
of June 30, 2014, pursuant to our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, we are authorized to issue a maximum of 80,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value of which
32,851,345 shares are in issue and outstanding.

Under
our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, which became effective upon closing of our initial public offering, we are authorized to issue up to 80,000,000 ordinary shares,
with no par value.

The
following are summaries of material terms and provisions of our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association and the BVI Act, insofar as they relate to the material terms of
our ordinary shares. Unless otherwise stated, the following summaries are of the terms of our shares as of the date of this annual report. This summary is not intended to be complete, and you should
read the form of our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, which has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form F-1.

Meetings of shareholders

If our shareholders want us to hold a meeting of shareholders of the company, they may requisition the directors to hold one upon the
written request of shareholders entitled to exercise at least 30% of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested. Under British Virgin Islands law, we may not
increase the required percentage to call a meeting above 30%.

Subject
to our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, a meeting of shareholders of the company will be called by not less than ten days' written notice. Notice of every meeting
of shareholders may be delivered electronically and will be given to all of our shareholders. However, the inadvertent failure of the convener or conveners of a meeting of shareholders to give notice
of the meeting to a shareholder, or the fact that a shareholder has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

118

---



Table of Contents

A meeting may be called by shorter notice than that mentioned above, but, subject to our articles of association, it will be deemed to have been duly called if
shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder
at the meeting shall constitute a waiver in relation to all the shares which that shareholder holds.

A
meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50% of the votes of the shares entitled to
vote at the meeting. A quorum may comprise of a single shareholder or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such
person is a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders.

Rights attaching to shares

Voting rights

Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have identical rights, including dividend and
liquidation rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote
of our shareholders, holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per Class A ordinary share and holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten
votes per Class B ordinary share. Except as required by any applicable law or as provided for in this annual report, the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary
shares will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders.

Under
the BVI Act, the ordinary shares are deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in our register of members. Our register of members is maintained by our
transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, which enters the names of our shareholders in our register of members. If (a) information that is required to be
entered in the register of shareholders is omitted from the register or is inaccurately entered in the register, or (b) there is unreasonable delay in entering information in the register, a
shareholder of the company, or any person who is aggrieved by the omission, inaccuracy or delay, may apply to the British Virgin Islands courts for an order that the register be rectified, and the
court may either refuse the application or order the rectification of the register, and may direct the company to pay all costs of the application and any damages the applicant may have sustained.

Subject
to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, at any general meeting on a show of hands every shareholder of record who is present in person (or, in the case of a
shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every shareholder present in person (or, in the case of a shareholder being a
corporation, by its duly appointed representative) or by proxy shall have one vote for each share which such shareholder is the holder. Voting at any meeting of the shareholders is by show of hands
unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by shareholders present in person or by proxy if the shareholder disputes the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution and the chairman shall
cause a poll to be taken.

No
shareholder shall be entitled to vote or be reckoned in a quorum, in respect of any share, unless such shareholder is registered as our shareholder at the applicable record date for
that meeting. Shareholders of record may also pass written resolutions without a meeting.

There
is nothing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands which specifically prohibits or restricts the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors, unlike
the requirement under Delaware General Corporation Law where cumulative voting for the election of directors is permitted only if expressly authorized in the certificate of incorporation. We have made
provisions in our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association to prohibit cumulative voting for such elections.

119

---



Table of Contents

Protection of minority shareholders

Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, there is little statutory law for the protection of minority shareholders other than the
provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the BVI Act or the
constituent documents of the corporation, our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association. Shareholders are entitled to have our affairs conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the
Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association.

There
are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law, since the common law of the British Virgin Islands is
limited. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of
a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company's affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the
affairs of the company conducted properly according to British Virgin Islands law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded
the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company's Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will
intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that
constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote;
and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded minority
shareholders under the laws of many states in the U.S.

Conversion

Each Class B ordinary share is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A ordinary share. In
addition, each Class B ordinary share will convert automatically into one Class A ordinary share upon the earlier of (i) any date specified by the affirmative vote or written
consent of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares, (ii) the death or disability of a holder of such Class B ordinary share, (iii) a
change of control transaction (as described in the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association) with
respect to a holder of such Class B ordinary share, (iv) any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our Amended Memorandum and Articles of
Association, including, without limitation, transfers to certain affiliates and for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B ordinary shares continues to
hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred, (v) the trading day immediately after the earliest date on which the number of outstanding Class B
ordinary shares represents less than 10% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding Class A and Class B ordinary shares or (vi) June 7, 2020 (the seventh anniversary
of the adoption of the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association).

Preferred shares

Our board of directors may, without further action by our shareholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of
such number of preferred shares as the board of directors in their sole discretion deems fit, in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include
dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series,
any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A ordinary shares. The issuance of our preferred shares could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our

120

---



Table of Contents

Class A
ordinary shares and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred shares could have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Presently we have no preferred shares outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any preferred shares.

Pre-emption rights

British Virgin Islands law does not make a distinction between public and private companies and some of the protections and safeguards
(such as statutory pre-emption rights, save to the extent that they are expressly provided for in the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association) that investors may expect to find in relation to a
public company are not provided for under British Virgin Islands law. There are no pre-emption rights applicable to the issuance of new shares under either British Virgin Islands law or our Amended
Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Liquidation rights

As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may be voluntarily liquidated
under Part XII of the BVI Act if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities by resolution of directors
and resolution of shareholders.

Modification of rights

As permitted by British Virgin Islands law, and our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may vary the rights attached to
our Class A and Class B ordinary shares only with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than 50% of the issued shares of a
particular class of shares.

Transfer of shares

Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, any of our shareholders may
transfer all or any of his or her shares by a written instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form which our directors may approve.

Our
board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, resolve to refuse or delay the registration of any transfer of any share for reasons that shall be specified in the Resolution of
Directors. If our directors refuse or delay the registration of a transfer they shall, as soon as practicable, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal or delay in the
agreed form.

Changes in authorized ordinary shares

By resolution of our shareholders or resolution of our directors we may (i) consolidate and divide all or any of our unissued
authorized shares into shares of larger amount than our existing shares; (ii) sub-divide our existing Class A ordinary shares, or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed
by our memorandum of association, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the BVI Act; (iii) cancel any ordinary shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been
taken or agreed to be taken by any person; or (iv) create new classes of shares with preferences to be determined by the board of directors at the time of authorization, although any such new
classes of shares may only be created with prior shareholder approval.

121

---



Table of Contents

Share repurchase

As permitted by the BVI Act and our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise
acquired by us.

Forfeiture

BVI law does not impose any procedures or timelines whereby the board may make calls on shareholders in terms of outstanding taxes or
fees. See "ITEM 10. Additional InformationTaxationTaxation in the British Virgin Islands." However, where a par value share is issued by a BVI company and is not fully paid,
then section 47(3) of the BVI Act provides that the person to whom the share is issued is liable to pay to the company an amount equal to the difference between the price and the par value.

In
addition to the position under the BVI Act, article 5 our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association sets out certain forfeiture procedures with respect to shares that are
not fully paid on issue. Therefore, we may deliver a written call notice requiring payment within 14 days from the date of
service of the notice. If the shareholder fails to pay for the shares, at or before the time set out in the notice, the shares may be forfeited.

However,
notwithstanding the forfeiture provisions in the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, our Class A shares and the Class B shares have no par value and
the forfeiture provisions will not apply in respect of such shares.

Dividends

Subject to the BVI Act and our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, our directors may, by resolution, authorize a
distribution to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit, if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, we will satisfy the 'solvency
test'. A company will satisfy the solvency test if (i) the value of the company's assets exceeds its liabilities; and (ii) the company is able to pay its debts as they fall due. Where a
distribution is made to a shareholder at a time when the company did not, immediately after the distribution, satisfy the solvency test, it may be recovered by the company from the shareholder unless
(i) the shareholder received the distribution in good faith and without knowledge of the company's failure to satisfy the solvency test; (ii) the shareholder has altered his position in
reliance on the validity of the distribution; and (iii) it would be unfair to require repayment in full or at all.

Untraceable shareholders

We are entitled to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, as long as:



The
net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us, and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

122

---



Table of Contents

Board of directors

We are managed by a board of directors which currently consists of seven directors. Our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association
provide that the board of directors shall consist of not less than two directors.

Our
shareholders may, pursuant to our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, at any time remove any director before the expiration of his or her period of office for cause, and
may, pursuant to our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, elect another person in his or her stead. Subject to our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, the directors will have
power at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a director, either as an addition to the existing directors or to fill a vacancy as long as the total number of directors (exclusive
of alternate directors) does not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed by or in accordance with our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association (if any).

There
are no share ownership qualifications for directors.

Meetings
of our board of directors may be convened at any time deemed necessary by any of our directors.

A
meeting of our board of directors will be competent to make lawful and binding decisions if at least a majority of the directors are present or represented. At any meeting of our
directors, each director, whether by his or her presence or by his or her alternate, is entitled to one vote.

Questions
arising at a meeting of our board of directors are required to be decided by simple majority votes of the directors present or represented at the meeting. In the case of a tie
vote, the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or deciding vote. Our board of directors may also pass unanimous written resolutions without a meeting.

The
remuneration to be paid to the directors shall be such remuneration as the directors shall determine. Under our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, the independent
directors shall also be entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the performance of their duties as director.

Issuance of additional ordinary shares

Our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association authorize our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to
time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

Our
Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association authorize our board of directors from time to time to issue ordinary shares to the extent permitted by the BVI Act.

Changes in authorized shares

We are authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 30,000,000 Class B ordinary shares which will be
subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfers, transmissions, forfeitures and otherwise as the shares in issue. We may by
resolution:



123

---



Table of Contents



Inspection of books and records

Under British Virgin Islands law holders of our ordinary shares will be entitled, on giving written notice to us, to inspect and make
copies or take extracts of our: (a) Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association; (b) register of shareholders; (c) register of directors; and (d) minutes of meetings and
resolutions of shareholders and those classes of shareholders of which he is a shareholder.

Subject
to our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to our interest to allow a shareholder to
inspect any document, or part of a document as referenced above, refuse to permit the shareholder to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of
copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Where our directors exercise their powers in these circumstances, they shall notify the shareholder as soon as reasonably practicable.

Differences in corporate law

We were incorporated under, and are governed by, the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The flexibility available under British Virgin
Islands law has enabled us to adopt the memorandum and articles of association that will provide shareholders with rights that do not vary in any material respect from those they enjoyed under the
Delaware Corporate Law.

Conflicts of interest

Pursuant to the BVI Act and the company's memorandum and articles of association, a director of a company who has an interest in a
transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:



Anti-money laundering laws

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we are required to adopt and maintain
anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to
certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We
reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any
information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were
originally debited.

If
any person resident in the British Virgin Islands knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or
suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business, the person will be required to report his belief

124

---



Table of Contents

or
suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the British Virgin Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of
confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Duties of directors

British Virgin Islands law provides that every director of the company in exercising his powers or performing his duties shall act
honestly and in good faith and in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company. Additionally, the director shall exercise the care, diligence, and skill that a reasonable
director would exercise in the same circumstances taking into account the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and his responsibilities. In addition,
British Virgin Islands law provides that a director shall exercise his powers as a director for a proper purpose and shall not act, or agree to the company acting, in a manner that contravenes British
Virgin Islands law or the memorandum and articles of association of the company.

Anti-takeover provisions

The BVI Act does not prevent companies from adopting a wide range of defensive measures, such as staggered boards, blank check
preferred shares, removal of directors only for cause and provisions that restrict the rights of shareholders to call meetings and submit shareholder proposals. Our Amended Memorandum and Articles of
Association contain the following provisions which may be regarded as defensive measures: (i) a requirement of the affirmative vote of two-thirds or more of the shares entitled to vote on
special matters such as mergers or acquisitions; (ii) the prevention of "business combinations" with "interested shareholders" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in accordance with our articles of association by a general meeting of our shareholders or satisfies
other requirements specified in our articles of association; (iii) directors' ability, in their absolute discretion, to decline to register any transfer of shares without assigning any reason;
(iv) our board of directors' ability to issue, from time to time, one or more classes of preferred shares and, with respect to each such class, to fix the terms thereof by resolution;
(v) restrictions on the ability of shareholders to call meetings and bring proposals before meetings; (vi) elimination of the ability of shareholders to act by written consent; and
(vii) the requirement of the affirmative vote of 75% of the shares entitled to vote to amend certain provisions of our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Interested directors

The BVI Act provides that a director shall, after becoming aware that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered
into by the company, disclose that interest to the board of directors of the company. The failure of a director to disclose that interest does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into by
the director or the company, so long as the director's interest was disclosed to the board prior to the company's entry into the transaction or was not required to be disclosed (for example where the
transaction is between the company and the director himself or is otherwise in the ordinary course of business and on the usual terms and conditions). As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and
our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, a director interested in a particular transaction may vote on it, attend meetings at which it is considered, and sign documents on our behalf which
relate to the transaction.

Voting rights and quorum requirements

Under British Virgin Islands law, the voting rights of shareholders are regulated by the company's Amended Memorandum and Articles of
Association and, in certain circumstances, the BVI Act. The

125

---



Table of Contents

articles
of association will govern matters such as quorum for the transaction of business, rights of shares, and majority votes required to approve any action or resolution at a meeting of the
shareholders or board of directors. Unless the articles of association otherwise provide, the requisite majority is usually a simple majority of votes cast.

Mergers and similar arrangements

Under the BVI Act, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with the statutory provisions. A merger means the
merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies, and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or
consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which must be authorized by a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted
meeting of the shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of two thirds (2/3) or more of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at
the meeting and voted, or a resolution consented to in writing by the same number of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon.

Shareholders
not otherwise entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation may still acquire the right to vote if the plan or merger or consolidation contains any provision which, if
proposed as an amendment to the memorandum of amended association and articles of association, would entitle them to vote as a class or series on the proposed amendment. In any event, all shareholders
must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting or consent to the written resolution to approve the plan of merger or
consolidation.

Shareholder suits

We are not aware of any reported class action or derivative action having been brought against the company in a British Virgin Islands
court.

Under
the BVI Act, if a company or a director of a company engages in, or proposes to engage in, conduct that contravenes the BVI Act or the memorandum of association or articles of the
company, the BVI Court may, on the application of a shareholder or a director of the company, make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director
from engaging in that conduct.

In
addition, under the BVI Act, the BVI Court may, on the application of a shareholder of a company, grant leave to that shareholder to bring proceedings in the name and on behalf of
that company or to intervene in proceedings to which the company is a party for the purpose of continuing, defending or discontinuing the proceedings on behalf of the company. In determining whether
to grant leave for such derivative actions, the Court must take into account certain matters, including whether the shareholder is acting in good faith, whether the derivative action is in the
interests of the company taking account of the views of the company's directors on commercial matters and whether an alternative remedy to the derivative claim is available.

A
shareholder of a company may bring an action against the company for breach of a duty owed by the company to him as a shareholder. The BVI Act also includes provisions for actions
based on oppression, and for representative actions where the interests of the claimant are substantially the same as those of other shareholders.

Corporate governance

British Virgin Islands laws do not restrict transactions with directors, requiring only that directors exercise a duty to act honestly,
in good faith and in what the directors believe to be in the best interests to the companies for which they serve.

126

---



Table of Contents

Indemnification

British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's articles of association may provide for indemnification of
officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such
as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association provide for the indemnification of our directors against all losses or
liabilities incurred or sustained by him or her as a director of our company in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal and this indemnity only applies if he or she acted honestly and in
good faith with a view to our best interests and, with respect to any criminal action, he or she must have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Insofar
as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have
been advised that, in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.

Staggered board of directors

The BVI Act does not contain statutory provisions that require staggered board arrangements for a British Virgin Islands company and
our articles of association do not provide for a staggered board.

C.  Material Contracts

The following summarizes each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a
party, for the year immediately preceding the filing of this annual report:

We
entered into an underwriting agreement between us, IBS Group and UBS Limited, as representative of the underwriters, on June 25, 2013, with respect to the Class A
ordinary shares sold in our IPO. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

127

---



Table of Contents

Summaries of the following material contracts and amendments to these contracts are included in this annual report in the places indicated:

Material Contract

LocationAgreement with Deutsche Bank

"ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsWe generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any
significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially adversely affect our results of operations."Agreement with UBS

"ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsWe generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a
large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially adversely affect our results of
operations."Agreement with Boeing

"ITEM 3. Key InformationRisk FactorsWe generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a
large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially adversely affect our results of
operations."Agreement with Freedom Professional Services & Technologies LLC, entered into on February 20, 2013

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsOperating ResultsAcquisitions and joint ventures."Agreement with Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch) and DB Services New Jersey, Inc., entered into on December 31, 2012

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsOperating ResultsAcquisitions and joint ventures."Credit Agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V. and amendments thereto, entered into on July 16, 2010

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and capital resourcesCredit facilities."Full Recourse Receivables Purchase Facility Agreement, entered into on November 28, 2013

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and capital resourcesCredit facilities."Overdraft Facility Agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V., entered into on December 16, 2009

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and capital resourcesOverdraft facilities."Uncommitted Receivables Purchase Agreement, entered into on January 15, 2013

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and capital resourcesOverdraft facilities."


128

---



Table of Contents

Material Contract

LocationOverdraft Facility Agreement with Deutsche Bank Ltd, entered into on December 20, 2010

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and capital resourcesOverdraft facilities."Overdraft Facility Agreement with ZAO Citibank, entered into on October 25, 2012 and November 12, 2013

"ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsLiquidity and capital resourcesOverdraft facilities."Luxoft Holding, Inc Stock Plan

"ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesStock option planU.S. stock plan."Option agreement of D. Loshchinin

"ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesStock option planGrant of options to our Chief
Executive Officer."Minutes of a Meeting of Stock Option Plan Committee of Luxoft Holding, Inc on December 14, 2011: Annex #1 to Minutes of a Meeting of
Stock Option Plan Committee of Luxoft Holding, Inc on December 14, 2011. Main Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Plan 2 and Form of Option Agreement

"ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesStock option planSOP I and SOP II."Unanimous written consent of directors of Luxoft Holding, Inc on issue of shares under incentive stock option plan, dated March 25,
2010, and Form of Option Agreement

"ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesStock option planSOP I and SOP II."Loan Agreement with IBS Group, entered into on July 22, 2010

"ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsRelationship with IBS
Group."Registration Rights Agreement

"ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party TransactionsRelated Party TransactionsRegistration Rights
Agreement."


D.  Exchange Controls

There is no income or other tax of the British Virgin Islands imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by us.

We
are free to acquire, hold and sell foreign currency and securities without restriction. There is no exchange control legislation under British Virgin Islands law and accordingly there
are no exchange control regulations imposed under British Virgin Islands law that would prevent us from paying dividends to shareholders in United States Dollars or any other currencies, and all such
dividends may be freely transferred out of the British Virgin Islands, clear of any income or other tax of the British Virgin Islands imposed by withholding or otherwise without the necessity of
obtaining any consent of any government or authority of the British Virgin Islands.

129

---



Table of Contents

E.  Taxation

The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our
Class A ordinary shares. Investors should consult their own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the
laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation in the British Virgin Islands

The Government of the British Virgin Islands will not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax,
estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the company or its securityholders (who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands).

The
company, and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the company to persons who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands, are exempt from any income,
withholding or capital gains taxes in the British Virgin Islands, with respect to the shares in the company owned by them and dividends received on such shares, nor will they be subject to any estate
or inheritance taxes in the British Virgin Islands.

No
estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands with respect to any shares,
debt obligations or other securities of the company.

All
instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the
business of the company are exempt from the payment of stamp duty in the British Virgin Islands, provided that they do not relate to real estate situated in the British Virgin Islands.

There
are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to the company or its shareholders.

United States federal income taxation

The following discussion sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of owning, and
disposing of Class A ordinary shares as of the date hereof. This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences and does not address all tax
considerations that may be relevant to investors in light of their particular circumstances. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold Class A ordinary shares as capital assets for
U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment), and it does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to U.S. Holders subject to
special rules, such as:



130

---



Table of Contents



This
summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury
regulations, all as currently in effect and available. These authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S.
federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For
purposes of this summary, a "U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares who is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes:



If
a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the Class A ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such
partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Prospective investors who are partners in a partnership should consult their tax advisers
as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

Unless
otherwise indicated, this discussion assumes that the Company is not, and will not become, a "passive foreign investment company," or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
See "ITEM 10. Additional InformationTaxationPassive foreign investment company considerations" below. Further, this
summary does not address the U.S. federal estate and gift, state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences to U.S. Holders of owning, and disposing of Class A ordinary shares. Prospective investors
should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state and local, as well as non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares in
their particular circumstances.

131

---



Table of Contents

Taxation of distributions

Distributions paid on Class A ordinary shares will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated
earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid to a U.S. Holder with respect to Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as ordinary
income at the time of receipt by a U.S. Holder. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital, thereby reducing
such U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero), and thereafter as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has
held Class A ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income
tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Distributions of additional Class A ordinary shares to U.S. Holders that are part of a
pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of
such property on the date of distribution. As used below, the term "dividend" means a distribution that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

With
respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends received may be subject to reduced rates of taxation provided that our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on a
qualifying U.S. securities market and that (i) such U.S. Holder holds such Class A ordinary shares for 61 days or more during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is
60 days before the date on which such shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividends and (ii) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or
otherwise) to make related payments with respect to existing or substantially similar or related property. Our Class A ordinary shares currently trade on the NYSE, which is currently treated as
a qualifying U.S. securities market. However, there is no assurance that our Class A ordinary shares will remain "readily tradable" and, additionally, such reduced rate will not apply if we are
a PFIC for the taxable year in which we pay a dividend or were a PFIC for the preceding taxable year.

Dividends
received on the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S.
corporations under the Code.

Sale or other taxable disposition of shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares
will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if a U.S. Holder held Class A ordinary shares for more than one year. Non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for
preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

The
amount of the gain or loss realized will be equal to the difference between a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares disposed of and the amount
realized on the sale or other taxable disposition. A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be the amount paid for Class A ordinary shares. Such gain or loss
generally will be U.S.-source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Passive foreign investment company considerations

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to U.S. persons owning shares of a PFIC. A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a
PFIC in any taxable year in which, either:



132

---



Table of Contents



Passive
income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities (other than gains that arise out of commodity
hedging transactions, or that are foreign currency gains attributable to any section 988 transactions, or gains from commodities sold in an active trade or business) and securities
transactions. If a non-United States corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-United States corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning
its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.

Based
on our financial statements, relevant market data and the projected composition of our income and the valuation of our assets, including goodwill, we do not expect to be a PFIC for
the taxable year ending March 31, 2015. Because PFIC status is based on our income, assets and activities for the entire taxable year, it is not possible to determine whether we will be
characterized as a PFIC for the 2015 taxable year until after the close of the year. Moreover, we must determine our PFIC status annually based on tests which are factual in nature, and our status in
future years will depend on our income, assets and activities in those years. In addition, because the market price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to fluctuate and because that market
price may affect the determination of whether we will be considered a PFIC, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

If,
however, we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held Class A ordinary shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder upon a disposition (including, under
certain circumstances, a pledge) of Class A ordinary shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder's holding period for such shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of
disposition and to years before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that
taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the tax attributable to the allocated amount. Further, to the extent that any distribution
received by a U.S. Holder on Class A ordinary shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on such shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder's
holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above. Certain elections may be available that would result in
alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of Class A ordinary shares. We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund
elections if, contrary to our expectation, we are classified as a PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what
the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If
we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. Holders described in this paragraph would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S.
Holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If
a U.S. Holder owns Class A ordinary shares during any year in which the Company is a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 with
respect to the Company, generally, with the U.S. Holder's federal income tax return for that year. If the Company were classified as a PFIC for a given taxable year, then holders should consult their
tax advisers concerning their annual filing requirements.

U.S.
Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding whether we are a PFIC and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

133

---



Table of Contents

Medicare tax

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their "net investment
income," which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult
its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in the Class A ordinary shares.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends and proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition that are made within the United States or through certain
U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (1) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt
recipient or (2) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

The
amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to
a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Foreign asset reporting

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in ordinary shares, subject to
certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their
information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of Class A ordinary shares.

H.  Documents on Display

We are currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. We fulfill these requirements by filing
annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC, which you can access using the means described above. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the
Exchange Act relating to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery
provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 and each subsequent fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements which will be
examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent public accounting firm. We also intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission reports on Form 6-K containing
unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of each quarter.

You
may read and copy any document we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.
You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC
at 1 800 SEC 0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through this web site at http://www.sec.gov.

134

---





Table of Contents

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are exposed to a variety of risks, including foreign currency exchange fluctuations, changes in interest rates and inflation. We
regularly assess currency, interest rate and inflation risks to minimize any adverse effects on our business as a result of those factors. See also note 2 included in our accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements.

Foreign currency risk

We conduct business in multiple countries, which exposes us to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the
year ended March 31, 2014, 65.0% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars and 23.7% were denominated in Euros. On the cost side,
however, in the year ended March 31, 2014, 23.7% of our expenses (excluding currency losses and changes in deferred tax) were denominated in Rubles and 9.0% in Romanian leu. As a result,
strengthening of the Ruble relative to the U.S. dollar presents the most significant risk to us. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may impact our business significantly.

Based
on our results in the year ended March 31, 2014, a 1.0% increase (decrease) in the value of Euro against the U.S. dollar would have increased (decreased) our sales by
$0.9 million. Based on our results in the year ended March 31, 2014, a 1.0% increase (decrease) in the value of Ruble against the U.S. dollar would have decreased (increased) our cost of
services and operating expenses by $1.0 million.

We
manage our foreign currency risk primarily through short-term forward contracts in order to reduce our exposure to volatility in the currency markets. During the year ended
March 31, 2014, we engaged in forward sales contracts to hedge the Euro against the U.S. dollar. Typically our outstanding instruments have maturities from one to six months, with the longest
maturity not exceeding 12 months. We have obtained credit limits from our counter-party banks and are therefore not required to maintain deposits on margin accounts in case of adverse market
movements. Currency options are not designated as hedging accounting instruments under ASC 815,Derivatives and Hedging(originally issued as
SFAS 133). Therefore, we have been incurring financial loss or income as a result of these derivatives. As of March 31, 2014, we had $0.3 million payable for our hedging
positions.

Inflation risk

Inflationary factors such as increases in the cost of our services and overhead costs may adversely affect our operating results. Wage
inflation in Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland and Vietnam, where we operate our delivery centers, could also lead to payroll increases, which may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do
not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to
maintain current levels of gross margin and operating expenses as a percentage of sales if the selling prices of our services do not increase in line with increases in costs.

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our variable rate borrowings. See "ITEM 5. Operating and
Financial Review and ProspectusLiquidity and Capital Resources."

We
have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future interest expense may increase and interest income may fall due to changes in
market interest rates.

135

---



Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

The effective date of the registration statement, File No. 333 - 188765, for our IPO of Class A ordinary
shares was June 25, 2013. The offering commenced on June 21, 2013 and was closed on July 1, 2013. UBS Limited was the lead bookrunning manager for the offering, Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC were joint bookrunning managers for the offering, and VTB Capital plc and Cowen and Company, LLC were co-managers for
the offering. We registered 4,092,070 Class A Ordinary Shares in the offering, which included 2,046,035 ordinary shares issued and sold by us and 2,046,035 ordinary shares sold by IBS Group.
IBS Group offered the underwriters a 30-day over-allotment option to purchase up to 613,810 additional ordinary shares from IBS Group. The over-allotment was exercised by the underwriters for 613,810
ordinary shares on June 28th, 2013.

We
did not receive any proceeds from the sale by IBS Group of our ordinary shares. We issued and sold the 2,046,035 ordinary shares at a price per price of $17.00. The aggregate offering
price of the shares sold by us was approximately $32.3 million. The total expenses of the offering of the shares sold by us, including underwriting discounts and commissions, were approximately
$1.3 million. The net proceeds that we received from the sale of the shares offered by us in the IPO were approximately $31 million. We spent approximately $3.2 million of this
amount to acquire intellectual property rights for the Horizon software from one of our financial services clients. We currently expect to use the remaining IPO proceeds for working capital and
general corporate purposes.

None
of the net proceeds of the offering was paid directly or indirectly to any director, officer, general partner of ours or to their associates, persons owning ten percent or more of
any class of our equity securities, or to any of our affiliates.

From
the effective date of the IPO registration statement and until March 31, 2014, the net proceeds have been invested in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities,
capital expenditure and other corporate purposes.

ITEM 15:    Controls and Procedures

(a)   Disclosure
Controls and Procedures.    Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of March 31, 2014. Based on
such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of March 31, 2014, our disclosures controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable
assurance level.

(b)   Management's
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.    This annual report does not include a report of
management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company's registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

(c)   Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.    During the period covered by this report, no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) have occurred that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A:    Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our board of directors has determined that Marc Kasher is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined under the U.S. federal
securities laws and has the requisite financial experience defined by

136

---



Table of Contents

the
NYSE Listed Company Manual. In addition, Mr. Kasher is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under the applicable listing standards of
the NYSE.

ITEM 16B:    Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller and persons performing
similar functions. This code has been posted on our website, www.luxoft.com. Waivers of our code of ethics may only be granted by the board of directors. Any amendments to this code or any waiver that
is granted, and the basis for granting the waiver, will be publicly communicated as appropriate. We granted no waivers under our Code of Ethics during the year ended March 31, 2014.

ITEM 16C:    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Fees paid to the auditors

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees expensed by our independent registered public accounting
firm.

Years ended
March 31,2013

2014(in thousands of
U.S. dollars)Audit Fees(1)

$
228

$
427Audit-Related Fees(2)





Tax Fees(3)





67All Other Fees(4)





​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
228

$
494​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


(1)"Audit
fees" include fees for services performed by our independent public accounting firm in connection with our annual audit for the years ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014, certain procedures regarding our quarterly financial results for the year ended March 31, 2014, the filing of our Form F-1, and consultation concerning
financial accounting and reporting standards.(2)"Audit-Related
fees" relate to assurance and associated services that are traditionally performed by the independent auditor, including: accounting
consultation and consultation concerning financial accounting, reporting standards and due diligence investigations in connection with our registration statement on Form F-1 for our initial
public offering in June 2013 and the follow-on offering in November 2013.(3)"Tax
fees" include fees for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance, transfer pricing and tax
advice on actual or contemplated transactions.(4)"Other
fees" include fees for services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to government incentives and other
matters.


Audit Committee's Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our audit committee has adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagement of our independent accountant to perform certain audit and
non-audit services. Pursuant to this policy, which is designed to assure that such engagements do not impair the independence of our auditors, the audit committee

137

---



Table of Contents

pre-approves
annually a catalog of specific audit and non-audit services in the categories of audit service, audit-related service and tax services that may be performed by our independent
accountants. Our audit committee pre-approved all audit and non-audit services provided to us and to our subsidiaries during the periods are listed above.

ITEM 16F:    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

None.

ITEM 16G:    Corporate Governance

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted under the New York Stock Exchange rules to follow home country corporate governance
practices instead of the New York Stock Exchange requirements, provided we disclose which requirements we are not following and describe the equivalent home country requirement.

As
a foreign private issuer with shares listed on the NYSE, we are required by Section 303A.11 of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE to disclose any significant ways in which
our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing standards.

We
have elected to apply the corporate governance rules of the NYSE applicable to controlled companies, with the exception of maintaining an internal audit function, even though, as a
foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country, the British Virgin Islands, instead of these requirements. Nevertheless, we may in the future
follow home country corporate governance practices instead of some or all of the NYSE's requirements, including in the event we are no longer eligible for the "controlled company" exemption.

Certain
corporate governance requirements are not reflected in the BVI Act or other British Virgin Islands law, such as the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for certain
dilutive issuances of shares, including the sale of our Class A ordinary shares in below market private placement transactions if greater than 20% of our pre-transaction issued and outstanding
shares are sold, or are subject to different approval requirements, such as in connection with the establishment or amendment of equity compensation plans. Moreover, the BVI Act does not require the
implementation of a nominating committee or establishment of a formal director nomination process, the formation of an audit committee or if such a committee is formed that it have any specific
composition, that a board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors or that independent directors be involved in the determination of executive compensation. See "ITEM 6. Directors,
Senior Management and EmployeesBoard PracticesCorporate governance practices."

PART III

ITEM 17:    Financial Statements

See Financial Statements included at the end of this annual report.

ITEM 18:    Financial Statements

Not applicable.

ITEM 19:    Exhibits

See exhibit index incorporated herein by reference.

138

---





Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this annual report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

LUXOFT HOLDING, INC/s/ DMITRY LOSHCHININ Dmitry Loshchinin Chief Executive Officer and PresidentDated: July 11, 2014


139

---





Table of Contents

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F        INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Number

Description1.1

Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of Luxoft Holding, Inc*4.1

Form of Registration Rights Agreement*4.2

Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010*4.3

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Rank. N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010*4.4

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Rank, N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010*4.5

Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Rank. N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010*4.6

Loan Agreement No. 001/0496L/10 between IBS Group Holding Limited, Luxoft RM S.R.L. and Luxoft International Company Limited entered into on July 22, 2010*4.7

Outsourcing Master Services Agreement between Deutsche Bank, Luxoft Holding, Inc, LLC Luxoft Professional, Luxoft Ukraine LLC, Luxoft Eastern Europe (BVI), Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft USA, Inc. and
Luxoft GmbH (Germany) entered into on January 6, 2011 and all related schedules, as amended by the Deed of Accession for Luxoft Consulting Inc. between DB, Luxoft Holding, Inc, Luxoft Professional LLC, Luxoft Ukraine LLC,
Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd., Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft USA, Inc., Luxoft GmbH (Germany), Luxoft International Company Limited and Luxoft Consulting Inc. entered into on January 1, 2013. Deed of Amendment to the Outsourcing
Master Services Agreement between DB, Luxoft Holding, Inc, LLC Luxoft Professional, Luxoft Ukraine LLC, Luxoft Eastern Europe (BVI), Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft, USA Inc., Luxoft GmbH (Germany) and Luxoft International Company
Limited entered into on January 1, 2011, and all related annexes*4.8

Amended and Restated Global Framework Agreement 6481, entered into between UBS AG and Luxoft USA Inc. on September 16, 2010. Agreement amending and incorporating the Amended and Restated Global Framework
Agreement between Luxoft Consulting Inc., Luxoft USA, Inc. and UBS entered into on November 16, 2011, and all related appendices. Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Framework Agreement between Luxoft USA, Inc. and UBS
entered into on November 1, 2011*4.9

Full Recourse Receivables Purchase Facility Agreement between Luxoft International Company Limited and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, entered into on November 28, 2012*4.10

Uncommitted Receivables Purchase Agreement between Luxoft Holding, Inc, Luxoft International Company Limited, Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd., Luxoft USA, Inc. and BNP Paribas Dublin Branch, entered into on
January 15, 2013*4.11

Unanimous written consent of directors of Luxoft Holding, Inc on issue of shares under incentive stock option plan, dated March 25, 2010, and Form of Option Agreement*4.12

Option agreement of D. Loshchinin*


140

---



Table of Contents

Number

Description4.13

Minutes of a Meeting of Stock Option Plan Committee of Luxoft Holding, Inc on December 14, 2011: Annex #1 to Minutes of a Meeting of Stock Option Plan Committee of Luxoft Holding, Inc on December 14,
2011. Main Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Plan 2; and Form of Option Agreement*4.14

Luxoft Holding, Inc Stock Plan (Effective as of June 14, 2012)*8.1

List of Subsidiaries of Luxoft Holding, Inc**12.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) (Section 302 Certifications)12.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) (Section 302 Certifications)13.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer required by 13a-14(b) and Rule 15d-14(b) (Section 906 Certifications)**15.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLC**101.INS

XBRL Instance Document∞101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document∞101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document∞101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document∞101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document∞101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document∞


Portions
of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the
Registrant's application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.*Incorporated
by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1, as amended, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)**Furnished
herewith.∞To
be furnished by amendment.


141

---





Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    Luxoft Holding, Inc  Consolidated financial statements



Audited Consolidated Financial StatementsReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2Consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2014

F-3Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-5Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-6Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-7Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-8


F-1

---





Table of Contents

Report of independent auditors

The
Board of Directors and Shareholders of Luxoft Holding, Inc.

We
have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Luxoft Holding, Inc as of March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income,
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial
reporting. Our
audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In
our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Luxoft Holding, Inc at March 31, 2013
and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2014 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLCMoscow, Russia

July
11, 2014

F-2

---





Table of Contents



Luxoft Holding, Inc        Consolidated balance sheets        (in thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

As of March 31,
2013

As of March 31,
2014AssetsCurrent assetsCash and cash equivalents

$
4,499

$
37,503Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $487 at March 31, 2013 and $651 at March 31, 2014


77,562


104,503Work-in-progress


3,478


4,720Due from related parties (Note 10)


6,811


1,280VAT and other taxes receivable


810


1,755Deferred tax assets (Note 12)


238


1,027Advances issued


1,964


3,689Other current assets


1,650


2,295​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total current assets


97,012


156,772​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Non-current assetsProperty and equipment, net (Note 4)


21,860


26,445Intangible assets, net (Note 6)


22,357


21,007Goodwill (Note 5)


11,351


11,351Due from related parties (Note 10)


430


Other non-current assets


2,212


2,122​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total non-current assets


58,210


60,925​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total assets

$
155,222

$
217,697​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated balance sheets (Continued)

(in thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

As of March 31,
2013

As of March 31,
2014Liabilities and shareholders' equityCurrent liabilitiesShort-term borrowings (Note 7)

$
16,576

$
20,476Accounts payable


9,177


10,575Advances received


1,384


1,754Accrued liabilities (Note 9)


12,592


15,360Deferred revenue





195Due to related parties (Note 10)


136


144Capital lease obligations, current portion


183


38VAT and other taxes payable


4,489


8,965Contingent payable for business acquisition, current


2,015


1,489Dividends payable to shareholders (Note 11)


125


18Deferred tax liability, current (Note 12)


230


Foreign currency exchange contract financial liabilities (Note 2)





411Contingent payable for software acquisition, current


3,265


171Other current liabilities


178


458​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total current liabilities


50,350


60,054​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Deferred tax liability, non-current (Note 12)


3,464


2,811Capital lease obligations, less current portion


6


68Contingent payable for business acquisition, non-current


3,790


3,320Contingent payable for software acquisition, non-current


2,317


1,749Other non-current liabilities





78​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total liabilities


59,927


68,080​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Shareholders' equityShare capital (36,400,000 shares authorized; 30,593,080 issued and outstanding with no par value as at March 31, 2013, and 80,000,000 shares
authorized; 32,758,535 issued and outstanding with no par value as at March 31, 2014)





Additional paid-in capital


50,936


83,390Retained earnings


46,720


67,470Accumulated other comprehensive loss


(2,393
)

(1,275
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total shareholders' equity attributable to the Group


95,263


149,585Non-controlling interest


32


32​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total equity


95,295


149,617​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total liabilities and equity

$
155,222

$
217,697​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

---





Table of Contents



Luxoft Holding, Inc        Consolidated statements of comprehensive income        (In thousands of US dollars, except per share data)

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Sales of services

$
271,142

$
314,596

$
398,331Operating expensesCost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)


157,004


185,557


229,537Selling, general and administrative expenses


64,720


76,911


95,946Depreciation and amortization


7,742


8,981


12,944Loss from revaluation of contingent liability (Note 2)








922​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Operating income


41,676


43,147


58,982​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other income and expensesInterest expense, net


(2,151
)

(1,277
)

(1,508
)Other gain (loss), net


170


(1
)

557Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange contract


886


(621
)

(1,134
)Net foreign exchange loss


(1,263
)

(66
)

(961
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income before income taxes


39,318


41,182


55,936Income tax expense (Note 12)


(3,210
)

(3,645
)

(4,706
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income from continuing operations


36,108


37,537


51,230Income from discontinued operations


80





​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income

$
36,188

$
37,537

$
51,230Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest


62





​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the Group

$
36,250

$
37,537

$
51,230​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other comprehensive income, net of taxForeign currency translation adjustment


(879
)

(1,514
)

1,118​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Comprehensive income

$
35,371

$
36,023

$
52,348Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest








​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Comprehensive income attributable to the Group

$
35,371

$
36,023

$
52,348​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Basic EPS per Class A and Class B ordinary share (Note 17)Net income attributable to the Group per ordinary share

$
1.23

$
1.27

$
1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding


29,286,348


29,662,696


32,129,355​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Diluted EPS per Class A and Class B ordinary share (Note 17)Diluted net income attributable to the Group per ordinary share

$
1.22

$
1.24

$
1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding


29,734,292


30,235,884


32,242,488​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated statement of shareholders' equity

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

Share capital







Total
shareholder's
equity
attributable
to the GroupAccumulated
other comprehensive
loss (net of
tax effect of 0)Ordinary
shares

Amount

Additional paid-
in capital

Retained
earnings

Non-controlling
interest

Total equityBalances at March 31, 2011


29,118,040

$


$
41,072

$
3,894

$


$
44,966

$
94

$
45,060​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income for the period











36,250





36,250


(62
)

36,188Foreign currency translation adjustment














(879
)

(879
)




(879
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total comprehensive income














(879
)

35,371


(62
)

35,309​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Shares issued under the stock option plans


337,316





2,246








2,246





2,246Forgiveness of the parent company loans








2,128








2,128





2,128Sale of Luxoft Consulting Inc. financed by the parent company








30








30





30Dividend ($0.14 per share)











(4,006
)




(4,006
)




(4,006
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Balances at March 31, 2012


29,455,356

$


$
45,476

$
36,138

$
(879
)
$
80,735

$
32

$
80,767​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income for the period











37,537





37,537





37,537Foreign currency translation adjustment














(1,514
)

(1,514
)




(1,514
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total comprehensive income














(1,514
)

36,023





36,023​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Shares issued under the stock option plans (Note 16)


1,024,436





5,460








5,460





5,460Issuance of restricted shares in replacement of option


84,700




















Issuance of restricted shares in connection with aquisition


28,588




















Dividend ($0.91 per share)











(26,955
)




(26,955
)




(26,955
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Balances at March 31, 2013


30,593,080

$


$
50,936

$
46,720

$
(2,393
)
$
95,263

$
32

$
95,295​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income for the period











51,230





51,230





51,230Foreign currency translation adjustment














1,118


1,118





1,118Shares issued under share-based compensation(Note 16)


116,788





3,113








3,113





3,113Initial public offering


2,046,035





32,348








32,348





32,348Issuance of restricted shares in replacement of fully vested options


2,632




















Offering issuance costs








(1,312
)







(1,312
)




(1,312
)Dividend ($1.00 per share)











(30,480
)




(30,480
)




(30,480
)Cancelation of stock options(Note 16)








(1,695
)







(1,695
)




(1,695
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Balances at March 31, 2014


32,758,535

$


$
83,390

$
67,470

$
(1,275
)
$
149,585

$
32

$
149,617​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

---





Table of Contents



Luxoft Holding, Inc        Consolidated statements of cash flows        (In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

For the Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Operating activitiesIncome from operations

$
36,108

$
37,537

$
51,230Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Depreciation


5,337


6,843


8,879Amortization


2,405


2,138


4,065Deferred tax expense (benefit) (Note 12)


599


152


(1,540
)Foreign currency exchange contracts loss (Note 2)








107Loss on foreign exchange


1,263


66


961Provision for doubtful accounts


(1,861
)

190


386Loss from revaluation of contingent liability (Note 2)








922Share-based compensation (Note 16)


2,246


5,460


1,418Other


(101
)

(13
)

139Changes in operating assets and liabilities:Trade accounts receivable


(24,246
)

(18,305
)

(26,155
)Work-in-progress


(2,599
)

419


(1,242
)Due to and from related parties


(174
)

(4,636
)

5,590Accounts payable


4,309


989


(1,281
)Advances received


162


1,185


(68
)Accrued liabilities


530


1,435


2,768Deferred revenue








195Changes in other assets and liabilities


2,539


1,788


5,004​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net cash provided by operating activities


26,517


35,248


51,378​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Investing activitiesPurchases of property and equipment


(8,373
)

(9,032
)

(13,780
)Purchases of intangible assets


(834
)

(2,033
)

(6,034
)Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment


720


352


301Acquisitions, net of cash acquired


(1,510
)

(1,605
)

(2,376
)Loans (issued to) repaid from related parties





(3,800
)

380Sale of Luxoft Consulting


283





​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net cash used in investing activities


(9,714
)

(16,118
)

(21,509
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Financing activitiesProceeds from short-term borrowings


10,156


22,022


215,408Repayment of short-term borrowings


(12,399
)

(15,586
)

(211,721
)Repayment of capital lease obligations


(531
)

(485
)

(83
)Overdraft facilities, net


421


413


(84
)Repayment of loans from related parties


(11,835
)

(5,547
)

Foreign currency exchange contracts, net








(722
)Dividend paid


(4,006
)

(21,915
)

(30,587
)Proceeds from issue of shares pursuant to IPO








32,348Repayment of IPO costs








(1,312
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities


(18,194
)

(21,098
)

3,246​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents


(370
)

(379
)

(112
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents


(1,761
)

(2,347
)

33,004Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year


8,607


6,846


4,499​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$
6,846

$
4,499

$
37,503​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

---





Table of Contents



Luxoft Holding, Inc        Notes to consolidated financial statements        (In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

1. Description of business and environment

Luxoft Holding, Inc (the "Company") was incorporated as a company limited by shares under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ("BVI") on March 7, 2006. The Company has 20
subsidiaries across the Russian Federation, Ukraine, the United States of America, Romania, the United Kingdom, Canada, Switzerland, Poland, Cyprus, Vietnam, Singapore and Bulgaria, collectively
referred to as "Subsidiaries". The Company and its Subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Group". The Company is a subsidiary of IBS Group Holding Limited ("IBS Group").

The
Group is a leading provider of software development services and innovative IT solutions to a global client base consisting primarily of large, multinational corporations. The
Group's software development services consist of core and mission custom critical software development and support, product engineering and testing, and technology consulting. The Group's solutions
are based on our proprietary products and platforms that directly impact our clients' business outcomes and efficiently deliver continuous innovation. The Group's products are part of its current
portfolio of proprietary solutions that have not been commercialized in the past. However, the Group intends to grow its future sales using these products as stand-alone software and as a part of its
software development services
offering. The Group's platforms are also a part of its proprietary solutions portfolio that it utilizes within the scope of its software development services to clients. Most of the Group's platform
components are available under non-commercial open source license to allow any potential user quickly evaluate the characteristics of the technology, but these components are not sufficient for a
commercial use.

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The Russian subsidiaries of the Group maintain their statutory accounting records and prepare their financial statements in Russian
rubles ("RUR") in accordance with the requirements of the Russian accounting and tax legislation. The subsidiaries of the Group registered outside the Russian Federation maintain their accounting
records in United States dollars ("USD"), Euros ("EUR"), British pounds ("GBP"), Ukrainian hryvnias ("UAH"), Romanian lei ("RON"), Polish z?oty ("PLN") and Bulgarian Lev ("BGN") in
accordance with the local or statutory requirements of the jurisdictions in which they are incorporated. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The accompanying consolidated financial statements differ from the financial statements of the subsidiaries issued for statutory purposes
because they reflect certain adjustments, not recorded in the respective statutory accounting books that are appropriate to present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly and majority owned Subsidiaries.
This generally includes all companies over which the Company directly or indirectly exercises control, which generally means that the Group owns more than 50% of the voting rights in the Subsidiary.
Consolidation is also required when the Company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss or is entitled to receive a majority of the residual returns or both from a variable interest entity's
activities. The financial statements of the Subsidiaries are prepared for the

F-8

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

same
reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. Adjustments are made to conform any dissimilar material accounting policies that may exist. All intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

The
list of subsidiaries of the Group is the following:

% of ownership
as at March 31Subsidiary

2013

2014Luxoft USA Inc


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft International Company Ltd


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Switzerland GmbH


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Professional LLC


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Canada Ltd


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft UK Ltd


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft GmbH


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Ukraine LLC


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Services LLC


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Vietnam Company Ltd.


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Dubna LLC


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Professional Romania S.R.L.


100.0
%

100.0
%Software ITC S.A.


99.4
%

99.4
%Luxoft Poland SP ZOO


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Singapore PTE LTD


100.0
%

100.0
%Training Center Luxoft ANO


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Research LLC


100.0
%

100.0
%Luxoft Bulgaria EOOD


n/a


100.0
%Luxoft Global Operations GmbH


100.0
%

100.0
%


The
non-controlling interest is reported in the consolidated balance sheets as a separate component of equity and represents the aggregate ownership interests in the subsidiaries that
are held by owners other than the Company.

Foreign currency translation

For the majority of the Subsidiaries, the functional currency is USD because the majority of their revenues, expenditures, debt and
trade liabilities are either priced, incurred, payable or otherwise measured in USD. Transactions and balances not already measured in the functional currency have been re-measured in USD in
accordance with the relevant provisions of ASC 830Foreign Currency

F-9

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Matters.Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currencies are re-measured at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet
dates:

March 31, 2012

March 31, 2013

March 31, 2014US 1$ =

29.3282 RUR

US 1$ =

31.0834 RUR

US 1$ =

35.6871 RURUS 1$ =

7.987 UAH

US 1$ =

7.993 UAH

US 1$ =

10.955 UAHUS 1$ =

0.75 EUR

US 1$ =

0.78 EUR

US 1$ =

0.73 EURUS 1$ =

3.2805 RON

US 1$ =

3.4455 RON

US 1$ =

3.2304 RONUS 1$ =

0.625 GBP

US 1$ =

0.658 GBP

US 1$ =

0.601 GBPUS 1$ =

3.117 PLN

US 1$ =

3.305 PLN

US 1$ =

3.081 PLN


Non-monetary
assets and liabilities, capital, revenues and costs are re-measured at historical exchange rates prevailing on the relevant transaction dates. Gains and losses on foreign
currency transactions are charged or credited to operations.

The
Group uses the US dollar as its reporting currency. Therefore, the financial statements of the Subsidiaries that use a functional currency other than USD are translated into USD in
accordance with ASC 830 using the current rate method. Assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Shareholders' equity is translated at the
applicable historical rate. Revenue and expenses are translated at the monthly average rates of exchange. Translation gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Comprehensive income

ASC 220Comprehensive Income, requires the reporting of comprehensive income in
addition to net income. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive income includes solely
foreign currency translation adjustments.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Group considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less from the time of purchase to be cash
equivalents.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments represent investments in time deposits with financial institutions that have original maturities more than
90 days but less than twelve months. These investments are accounted for at cost, which approximates their fair values.

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable are shown at their net realizable value, which approximates their fair value. Allowances for doubtful accounts are
made for specific accounts in which collectability is doubtful, as well as on overall allowance based on, the aging of accounts receivable, historical write-offs and current conditions.

F-10

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Recoveries
of losses from accounts receivable written-off in prior years are presented within income from operations in the Group's consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
Collections in respect of prior year write-offs amounted to $2,276 for the year ended March 31, 2012, $244 for the year ended March 31, 2013 and $335 for the year ended March 31,
2014.

The
table below summarizes changes in qualifying accounts for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014:

Balance at the
beginning of
period

Charged to
costs and
expenses

Deductions/
other

Balance at the
end of periodAllowance for doubtful accountsFor the year ended March 31, 2012

$
3,190

$
(1,861
)
$
(924
)
$
405For the year ended March 31, 2013


405


190


(108
)

487For the year ended March 31, 2014


487


368


(204
)

651


Work-in-progress

Work-in-progress includes costs related to uncompleted contract stages. Costs include direct costs such as professional compensation
(payroll and related benefits), subcontracting, travel, materials and other items.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets using the
straight-line method. The estimated useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:

Buildings

25 yearsMotor vehicles, furniture and fixtures

5 yearsExhibition and demonstration equipment

3 - 4 yearsAssets under capital lease

3 yearsComputers and office equipment

3 yearsCapitalized software

3 yearsLeasehold improvements

according to lease contracts


Intangible assets

Intangible assets, principally software and acquired contract-based customer relationships, partnership agreements, software and brands
are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, on average 5 to 8 years.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents an excess of the cost of business acquired over the fair value of identifiable net assets at the date of
acquisition. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or whenever it is determined that one or more impairment indicators exist. The Group determines whether impairment

F-11

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

has
occurred by assigning goodwill to the reporting unit identified in accordance with ASC 350IntangiblesGoodwill and Other, and comparing
the carrying amount of the reporting unit to the fair value of the reporting unit. If an impairment of goodwill has occurred, the Group recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount
and the implied fair value of goodwill.

Software costs

Under the provisions of ASC 350IntangiblesGoodwill and Other, the Group
capitalizes costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and the Group's management has authorized further funding of the
project which it deems probable to be completed and used to perform the function intended. Capitalization of such costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete
and ready for its intended purpose. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software (generally 3 to 5 years).

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived assets

In accordance with ASC 360Property, Plant, and Equipment, and ASC 205 Presentation of Financial
Statements, long-lived assets to be held and used by the Group, including intangible assets that are subject to amortization,
are reviewed to determine whether an event or change in circumstances indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Group bases
its evaluation on such impairment indicators as the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as other external
market conditions or factors that may be present. If such impairment indicators are present or other factors exist that indicate that the carrying amount of these of an undiscounted cash flow analysis
of assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows exist. If impairment has occurred, the Group recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the
asset. The fair value of the asset is measured using discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation techniques. No impairment expense related to long-lived assets was recognized during the years
ending March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

Income taxes

The Group computes and records income tax expense in accordance with ASC 740,Income
Taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities at each reporting date, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when differences are expected to reverse.

F-12

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The amount of the unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences related to investments in foreign Subsidiaries of the Group that are essentially permanent in duration were $1,107 and $1,034 as of March 31, 2013 and 2014,
respectively. The Company and its Subsidiaries file separate tax returns and, therefore, actual taxes and deferred taxes are estimated on a separate basis.

ASC 740Income Taxes, clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognition. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition
threshold and measurement attribute for the recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on derecognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Group believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and does not
anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position. However, the Group cannot predict with certainty the interpretations or positions that tax authorities may
take regarding specific tax returns filed by the Group and, even if the Group believes its tax positions are correct, may determine to make settlement payments in order to avoid the costs of disputing
particular positions taken.

Revenue recognition

The Group generates revenues primarily from software development services, including in such areas of competence as (a) custom
software development and support, (b) product engineering and testing and (c) technology consulting. We recognize revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the
following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

The
Group recognizes sales from time-and-material contracts as services are performed, based on actual hours and applicable billing rates, using the proportional performance method, with
the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of sales. The majority of such sales are billed on a monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client at
negotiated hourly billing rates.

The
Group recognizes sales from fixed price contracts based on the proportional performance method, during the period in which amounts become billable in accordance with the terms of the
Group's contracts. Services under fixed price contracts are delivered in stages. Revenues recognized for completed stages are generally representative of the percentage of completion of the entire
contract, as they are based on hours incurred compared to the total hours estimated for the completion of the entire contract. Costs related to completed stages are expensed as incurred, while those
related to uncompleted stages are recorded in work-in-progress on the balance sheet. In instances where final acceptance is specified by the client, sales are deferred until all acceptance criteria
have been met. In the absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, sales are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client.

Revenue
is stated net of any value-added taxes ("VAT") charged to clients.

In
the majority of cases, contracts with the Company's clients do not provide for a warranty. In a few client contracts, the Company warranted that the technology solutions it developed
for its clients

F-13

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

would
operate in accordance with the project specifications without defects for a specified warranty period. In the event that defects that the Company is held responsible for are discovered during
the warranty period, the Company is obligated to remedy the defects. However, the Company is not contractually obligated to refund its clients any of the fees paid during this period. The Company
generally provides in its contracts for testing and client acceptance procedures that are designed to mitigate the likelihood of warranty-related claims, although there can be no assurance that such
procedures will be effective for each project. The Company has never incurred any material amounts with respect to the warranties for its solutions. Based on the above, the Company does not provide
for or defer revenue related to warranty provisions in its client contracts.

The
Group evaluates its contracts for multiple deliverables, and, when appropriate, separates the contracts into separate units of accounting for revenue recognition. Apart from software
development services, which generally include any software element that may exist in the arrangement as the Group's services are inseparable from a software deliverable, the only separate deliverable
is support services. Support services, if they are required by customers, are generally contracted for and
commence upon the completion of the custom software delivery. The Group allocates revenue to these deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement based upon their relative selling prices. The relative
selling price is based on the price charged for the deliverable when it is sold separately. For multiple element arrangements under time-and-material contracts, revenue is recognized as services are
performed for each deliverable. For arrangements under fixed-price contracts, software development revenue is recognized upon delivery of development services under the proportional performance
method, as described above and for support serviceson a straight-line basis over the support period, which is generally from 6 months to a year.

The
Group reports gross reimbursable travel and "out-of-pocket" expenses incurred as both sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.

Business combinations

The Group accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the
underlying assets, including intangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed
requires management's judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangible
and other asset lives and market multiples, among other items. The results of operations of acquired companies are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. After
control is obtained, changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

Advertising

The Group expenses the cost of advertising as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014
were $1,011, $836 and $1,390 respectively, and are classified as selling expenses.

F-14

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Social contributions

The Group's Subsidiaries registered in the Russian Federation, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, Poland and
Romania contribute to pension and social funds. These contributions amounted to approximately, $11,177, $12,891 and $16,300 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and
were expensed as incurred.

The
majority of these contributions are made by Subsidiaries in Russia, where social contributions tax is a mandatory tax consisting of contributions paid by employers to the Russian
Pension Fund, the Russian Social Security Fund and Federal Medical Insurance Fund. The social contributions tax rate varies depending on employee's annual compensation between 8% and 22% for the
Pension Fund; between 0% and 2.9% to the Social Security Fund; between 0% and 5.1% to the Federal Medical Insurance Fund; and between 0.2% and 8.5% for mandatory accident insurance.

Derivative financial instruments

To protect itself from possible changes related to forecasted transactions denominated in currencies different from US dollars, the
Group uses forward and option currency exchange contracts. In accordance with ASC 815Derivatives and Hedging, the Group recognizes all
derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange contracts at fair value. Changes in fair values of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in income. Such options and contracts
generally originate and expire or are settled within the fiscal year, but these have an effect on our interim financial statements as some of the instruments may be outstanding at interim dates. The
Group does not currently deem underlying criteria to be perfectly matched and therefore does not believe the currency contracts qualify for hedge accounting as defined by ASC 815. Estimates of
fair value were determined in accordance with ASC 820Fair Value Measurements.

Concentration of credit risk

The concentrations of credit risk associated with trade and other receivables are mitigated by ongoing procedures to monitor the
creditworthiness of customers and other debtors.

As
of March 31, 2012, the largest clients' balances accounted for 36%, 15%, 9%, 8% and 7% of the total Group's accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2013, the largest
clients' balances accounted for 30%, 13%, 13%, 6% and 5% of the total Group's accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2014, the largest clients' balances accounted for 33%, 20%, 11%, 6% and 6%, of
the total Group's accounts receivable.

For
the year ended March 31, 2012, the same customers accounted for 31%, 17%, 10%, 7% and 7% of the Group's revenues. For the year ended March 31, 2013, the same customers
accounted for 29%, 18%, 10%, 8% and 5% of the Group's revenues. For the year ended March 31, 2014, the same clients accounted for 32%, 19%, 9%, 7% and 4% of the Group's revenues.

Use of estimates in preparation of financial statements

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements, in conformity with US GAAP, requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect amounts in the financial statements and

F-15

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

accompanying
notes and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term borrowings, which are included in current
assets and liabilities, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate the carrying value of these items due to the short-term maturities of such instruments.

Fair value measurement

The Group follows the provisions of ASC 820Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, and considers the following three levels of inputs to measure the fair value:

Level 1:
Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:
Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are non-active; inputs other than quoted
prices that are observable and derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

The
fair value of foreign currency forward and option contracts are based on internally developed valuation models that discount cash flows resulting from the differential between the
contractual foreign currency exchange rate and the reporting date market-based forward foreign currency exchange rate for a similar instrument.

The
summary of the liabilities related to foreign currency exchange contracts is presented below:

Balance as of
March 31, 2012

Additions

Repayment

Balance as of
March 31, 2013Fixing





621


(621
)

Revaluation











​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$


$
621

$
(621
)
$
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




Balance as of
March 31, 2013

Additions

Repayment

Balance as of
March 31, 2014Fixing





1,026


(722
)

304Revaluation





107





107​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$


$
1,133

$


$
411​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-16

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Level 3:
Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. The changes in the Group's Level 3 financial instruments are
presented below:

Balance as of
March 31, 2012

Additions

Repayment

Balance as of
March 31, 2013Payable for business acquisition, at fair value

$


$
6,655

$
(850
)
$
5,805Payable for software acquisition, at fair value





5,582





5,582​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$


$
12,237

$
(850
)
$
11,387​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




Balance as of
March 31, 2013

Revaluation

Repayment

Balance as of
March 31, 2014Payable for business acquisition, at fair value

$
5,805

$
1,380

$
(2,376
)
$
4,809Payable for software acquisition, at fair value


5,582


(458
)

(3,204
)

1,920​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
11,387

$
922

$
(5,580
)
$
6,729​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


The
Group used Level 3 inputs when determining the fair value of contingent payable for business Acquisition (Note 3), contingent payable for software acquisition
(Note 6), Luxoft reportable unit for the purposes of determining goodwill impairment (see Note 5) and the value of shares issued under the stock option plans of the Company
(Note 16).

In
determining the estimated fair values of the reporting units, the Group employed a Discounted Cash Flow ("DCF") analysis. Determining estimated fair values requires the application of
significant judgment.

The
basis for the Group's cash flow assumptions includes forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors, including estimated capital expenditures. Assumptions under this
method have been adjusted to reflect increased risk due to current economic volatility. In addition to that, the Group has to estimate the applicable discount rate and the terminal growth rates, where
applicable.

Share-based compensation

The Group accounts for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718 CompensationStock Compensation. Under
ASC 718, companies must calculate and record the cost of equity instruments, such as stock
options or restricted stock, awarded to employees for services received in their consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The cost of the equity instruments is measured based on the fair value
of the instruments on the date they are granted (with certain exceptions) and is required to be recognized over the period during which the employee is required to provide services in exchange for the
equity instruments (see Note 15).

The
Group recognizes compensation cost for an award with service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2013-01,"Clarifying the Scope of
Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities."The ASU clarifies that ordinary trade

F-17

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

receivables
and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2012-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." ASU 2012-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse
purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in the Codification or subject to a master
netting arrangement or similar agreement. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods and requires retrospective
application for all comparative periods presented. The Company adopted the ASU effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this standard did not have any effect on the Company's financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In
February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02,"Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,"which
adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI".) The ASU is intended to help entities improve the transparency of changes in other
comprehensive income (OCI) and items reclassified out of AOCI in their financial statements. It does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or OCI in the financial statements.
New disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and are applied prospectively. The Company adopted the ASU effective January 1, 2013. The
adoption of this standard did not have any effect on the Company's financial reporting because the only item that had historically affected AOCI and therefore included in cumulative AOCI was currency
translation adjustments.

In
March 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-05,Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain
Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity("ASU 2013-05"). The amendments apply to (i) the release of the
cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent loses a controlling financial interest in part or all of its investment in a foreign entity (by sale or other transfer event);
(ii) the acquisition of a business in stages by increasing an investment in a foreign entity from one accounted for under the equity method to one accounted for as a consolidated investment; or
(iii) situations where the foreign entity no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that conduct nonprofit activity or business within a foreign
entity. The adoption of this guidance, which is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's
financial statements.

In
July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-11,Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar
Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists("ASU 2013-11"). The amendments provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net
operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The adoption of this guidance, which is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2013, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

F-18

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations

Acquisition of Freedom Professional Services & Technologies LLC ("FOSS")

On February 20, 2013, Luxoft USA entered into an agreement with FOSS, an IT software development and integration company, and
with two individual shareholders of FOSS, under which FOSS assigned to Luxoft USA several of its major contracts, including UBS and Standard & Poor's and also transferred its key employees to
Luxoft USA together with technologies and related software tools, which allowed Luxoft to develop a new practice in SOA/Open Source, and to access new technologies.

The
Group concluded that the above acquisition qualifies as a business combination because it acquired required inputs and processes, as well as customer base, which substantially
constitute a business.

According
to the agreement, Luxoft paid FOSS $850 upon signing and will pay contingent cash consideration and 28,588 the Company's Class A ordinary shares subject to the acquired
FOSS business meeting certain revenue and gross margin conditions. The purchase was made on March 20, 2013. The amount of contingent consideration depends on meeting certain revenue and gross
margin indicators. The total purchase consideration varies from $3,226 to $11,788, including payment in shares.

The
results of FOSS were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income from April 1, 2013. The Group revalues contingent liabilities for purchase of FOSS assets
on a quarterly basis. Total estimated cost of acquisition as of March 20, 2013 is presented below.

Initial payment

$
850Estimated fair value of contingent cash consideration


5,267Estimated fair value of contingent share-based consideration


538​
​
​
​
​$
6,655​
​
​
​
​


Total
loss from revaluation for the year ended March 31, 2014 amounted to $1,381 and is included in other operating costs in Statement of Comprehensive income.

This
acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business combination in accordance with ASC 805Business Combinations. The
following is the assets and liabilities of FOSS as of March 20, 2013 reflecting the purchase price allocation to the net assets acquired:

March 20, 2013Intangible assets, NBV


6,389Goodwill


361​
​
​
​
​Total assets


6,750Deferred tax asset/(liability)


(95
)​
​
​
​
​Total liabilities


(95
)​
​
​
​
​Total net assets acquired


6,655​
​
​
​
​Total purchase consideration


6,655​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​


F-19

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations (Continued)

The
Group's financial statements reflect the purchase price allocation based on the fair value of an identified client base in the amount of $6,389 which will be amortized over a period
of 5 years. The
purchase price excess over the fair value of net assets acquired amounted to $361 and was recorded as goodwill and allocated to Luxoft reporting unit.

4. Property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of March 31:

2013

2014Land

$
5,277

$
5,277Buildings


3,554


3,554Motor vehicles, furniture and fixtures


5,027


8,463Assets under capital lease


1,437


374Leasehold improvements


3,769


4,569Software


5,267


6,706Computers and office equipment


11,338


19,617​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total cost


35,669


48,560Accumulated depreciation


(13,852
)

(22,403
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​21,817


26,157Assets under construction


43


288​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Property and equipment, net

$
21,860

$
26,445​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


5. Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are presented below by reportable
segment:

LuxoftBalances at March 31, 2012

$
10,990​
​
​
​
​Acquisition of FOSS (Note 3)


361​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​Balances at March 31, 2013

$
11,351​
​
​
​
​Balances at March 31, 2014

$
11,351​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​


Under
the provisions of ASC 350, goodwill is tested annually for impairment as of March 31 of each year, or upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in
circumstances. In performing
the first step ("Step 1") of the goodwill impairment test in accordance with ASC 350, the Group compared the net book values of its reporting units to their estimated fair values. In determining the
estimated fair values of the reporting units, the Group employed a Discounted Cash

F-20

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

5. Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets (Continued)

Flow
("DCF") analysis. Determining estimated fair values requires the application of significant judgment.

The
basis for the Group's cash flow assumptions includes forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors, including estimated capital expenditures. Assumptions under this
method have been adjusted to reflect increased risk due to current economic volatility.

No
impairment of goodwill had occurred as of the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

6. Intangible assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

Weighted-average
useful lives

As of March 31,
2013

As of March
2014Capitalized software development costs

5 years

$
13,373

$
16,088Trade name

6 years


13


13Websites

6 years


6


6Contract-based customer relationships

10 years


20,756


20,756Other

4 years


372


372​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total cost




34,520


37,235Accumulated amortization




(12,163
)

(16,227
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total intangible assets, net



$
22,357

$
21,007​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Amortization
expense for intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $2,405, $2,138 and $4,065 respectively.

For
the next 5 years amortization to be presented:

AmortizationFor the year ended March 31, 2015

$
5,376For the year ended March 31, 2016


4,891For the year ended March 31, 2017


4,596For the year ended March 31, 2018


4,440For the year ended March 31, 2019


2,616​
​
​
​
​Total

$
21,919​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​


On
December 31, 2012, Luxoft International entered into an agreement with Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch) and DB Services New Jersey, Inc. for the purchase of Horizon, a
software product for comprehensive across-enterprise risk management and visualization. Pursuant to this agreement, Luxoft International agreed to pay 2.5 million Euro and 20% of the net
revenues from the sale of this software to third parties during next five years. The Group estimated the fair value of the contingent liability as of December 31, 2012 in the amount of net
present value of future revenue sharing payments totaling $2,378, which was estimated based on the forecasted revenues in the following

F-21

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

6. Intangible assets (Continued)

5 years
discounted at 15%. The Group performs revaluation of liabilities on quarterly basis. Fair value of contingent consideration as of March 31, 2014 is $1,920.

7. Short-term borrowings

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following loans:

As of
March 31, 2013

As of
March 31, 2014Amsterdam Trade Bank N.V.

$
12,430

$
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch


3,149


9,082BNP Paribas Dublin Branch


812


8,034Citibank Europe PLC





2,414Citibank Europe PLC (overdraft)





598Other


185


348​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
16,576

$
20,476​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


As
of March 31, 2014, the above loans have short-term maturities and bear interest ranging from 2.2% to 4.2% per annum.

On
July 16, 2010, Luxoft USA, Inc. ("Luxoft USA") entered into a credit facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V. for up to $10,000, which is to be repaid
before July 20, 2015. Interest on amounts outstanding is accrued at LIBOR for the relevant purchase term plus margin that varies from 4.5% to 5.5% per annum depending on the length of the term
of a loan. The loan taken under the above credit facility was secured by a conditional assignment of rights to receivables under certain sales contracts with the customers of Luxoft USA and Luxoft
Eastern Europe Ltd. and was guaranteed by IBS Group. On December 30, 2011, the amount of credit facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V. was increased up to $18,000. The
outstanding amount as of March 31, 2013 was $12,430. The Group has fully repaid this amount as of March 31, 2014.

On
November 28, 2012, Luxoft International Ltd. and its subsidiaries entered into full recourse receivable purchase facility agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
for the total amount up to $15,000. Under this agreement the Group can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash less a discount based on LIBOR/EURIBOR/PLNWIBOR for the relevant purchase term
(30/60 days) plus a margin of 4%, plus handling fees. The loan is guaranteed by Luxoft Holdng, Inc, Luxoft USA, Luxoft UK, Luxoft GmbH, Luxoft Poland and Luxoft International. The
outstanding amounts are $3,149 and $9,082 as of March 31, 2013 and as of March 31, 2014, respectively.

On
January 15, 2013, the Group entered into an uncommitted receivables purchase agreement of up to $10,000 with BNP Paribas Dublin Branch. Under this agreement the Group can
assign certain receivables in exchange for cash less a discount based on LIBOR for the relevant purchase term (30/60 days) plus 3% per annum. The outstanding amounts are $812 and $8,034 as of
March 31, 2013 and as of March 31, 2014, respectively. On June 25, 2013, and on November 27, 2013, the amount of available credit was further increased to $25,000.

F-22

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

7. Short-term borrowings (Continued)

On
November 20, 2013, Luxoft UK Ltd., Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd. and Luxoft GMBH entered into uncommitted Pre- and Post-Shipment Advances Facility Agreement with
Citibank Europe PLC for up to $5,000. This agreement is a continuing agreement and remain in full effect subject to the terms of this agreement until 30 days after the Bank's receipt of
written notice of termination from the Borrower's agent. Under this agreement the borrower can use Pre- or Post-Shipment advance. Interest rates for Pre-Shipment is LIBOR plus 2% p.a. and interest
rate for Post-Shipment is LIBOR plus 1.25% p.a. The outstanding amount as of March 31, 2014, is $2,414 on Post-shipment conditions.

On
February 20, 2014, Luxoft USA, Inc. entered into a credit facility agreement with Citibank, N.A. for up to $5,500, with the maturity date of December 31,
2014. The loan bears an interest rate LIBOR + 1.25% p.a. There is no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2014 under this agreement.

On
November 12, 2013 Luxoft Professional Romania SRL entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO Citibank for $1,000. As of March 31, 2014 this facility had been
drawn down for $598. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR (1M) plus 2.00% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is guaranteed by Luxoft Holding,
Inc and Luxoft Professional LLC.

8. Other gain (loss)

Other gain (loss) consisted of the following:

2012

2013

2014Operating rent income








626Loss from sale of fixed assets








(102
)Other income/(loss)


170


(1
)

33​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total other income/expenses


170


(1
)

557​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


9. Accrued liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following as of March 31:

2013

2014Compensation

$
12,229

$
14,191Other


363


1,169​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
12,592

$
15,360​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-23

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

10. Related party transactions

The following table provides the balances with related parties as of March 31:

Due from related parties, current:

2013

2014Receivable from related parties

$
6,494

$
1,144Loan due from related party





50Loans due from employees


317


86​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total due from related parties, current

$
6,811

$
1,280​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Due from related parties, non-current:

2013

2014Loans due from Luxoft Consulting Inc., non-current

$
430

$
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total due from related parties, non-current

$
430

$
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


On
July 31, 2006, the Group provided a loan in the amount of $480 to Luxoft Consulting Inc., its Subsidiary at that time, which was sold to IBS Group on
July 27, 2011, and is now a subsidiary of IBS Group. The loan receivable bears no interest and is due on July 31, 2014. The outstanding amount of $430 as of March 31, 2013 was
fully repaid on May 16, 2013.

Due to related parties, current:

2013

2014Payable to related parties

$
136

$
144​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total due to related parties, current

$
136

$
144​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


The
Group guaranteed $0 and $8,582 of short-term debt of IBS Group's other subsidiaries at March 31, 2013 and 2014.

In
the ordinary course of business, the Group provides services to and purchases goods (computers and related components) and services (rent, professional, marketing, outstaffing and
management services) from IBS Group subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

The
goods and services include software customization and other software subcontracting services to IBS Group subsidiaries and other companies affiliated with IBS Group.

Sales
of services included software customization and other software subcontracting services to IBS Group subsidiaries and other companies affiliated with IBS Group. From July
2012 to November 27, 2013, the date of the Company's follow-on offering, the sale of services includes the software development services to VTB Capital plc, an affiliate of one of the
Company's non-controlling shareholder. The terms of service agreements with IBS Group subsidiaries and other companies affiliated with IBS Group and with the Company's non-controlling shareholder do
not deviate in any material aspect from the terms that the Group would use in similar contracts with non-related parties.

F-24

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

10. Related party transactions (Continued)

Below are the turnovers of related parties:

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Sales of services

$
4,924

$
12,273

$
4,522Purchase of goods


1,320


658


1,548Purchase of services


542


486


527


11. Shareholders' equity

On July 21, 2012, the Group declared a dividend in the amount of $26,955 ($25.40 per share) for the year ended March 31, 2012. Portion of the dividend in the amount of
$4,915 was offset against the loan receivable from IBS Group, another portion of the dividend in the amount of $21,915 was paid to the shareholders during the year ended March 31, 2013.

On
June 15, 2012, the Group issued 12,251 new shares pursuant to the Share-Based Compensation plan, including 3,025 restricted shares. As a result the total number of issued and
outstanding shares became 1,064,228.

On
March 20, 2013, the Group issued 1,021 new shares, that are subject to certain restrictions on transfer and other terms and conditions, pursuant to the purchase agreement of
FOSS(see Note 3). As a result the total number of issued and outstanding shares became 1,065,249.

On
March 31, 2013, the Group issued 27,361 new shares pursuant to the Share-Based Compensation plan. As a result the total number of issued and outstanding shares became
1,092,610.

On
April 30, 2013, the Group declared a dividend in the amount of $30,480. The dividend payable to IBS Group and other shareholders amounted to $25,200 and $5,280. A portion of
the dividend in the amount of $25,200 was paid to IBS Group and a dividend in the amount of $5,387 was paid to other shareholders during the period ended March 31, 2014. The outstanding amount
of $18 payable to other shareholders as of March 31, 2014, is to be paid till June 30, 2014.

On
June 7, 2013, the Company executed a 1-to-28 share split so that the number of shares changed from 1,300,000 authorized, and 1,092,610 issued and outstanding shares with no par
value to 80,000,000 authorized and 30,593,080 issued and outstanding shares with no par value.

The
above share split was accounted for retroactively for all shares and per share amounts.

On
June 7, 2013, the shareholders of the Company approved to redesignate the Company's ordinary shares into two new classes of shares, comprised of 3,120,675 Class A
Ordinary Shares and 27,472,405 Class B Ordinary Shares (the "Reclassification"). The above reclassification became effective on July 1, 2013 upon the Company's IPO.

On
July 1, 2013, the Group completed its initial public offering of 2,046,035 Class A ordinary shares at $17.00 per Class A ordinary share. Group's Class A
ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "LXFT". The net proceeds to the Group from the offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and the
offering expenses, were $31,036.

F-25

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

11. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

On
November 27, 2013, one of the minority shareholders sold 2,800,000 Class A ordinary shares at $34.00 per Class A ordinary share. Luxoft did not receive any
proceeds from this offering.

12. Income taxes

The Group's income is subject to taxation under tax jurisdictions having different tax rates: Switzerland10%, British Virgin Islands0%, the Russian Federation
(Russia)20%, Ukraine19%, Romania16%, Poland19%, the United States of America (USA)35%, the United Kingdom (UK)23%,
Canada35%, Germany29%, Cyprus12.5% Singapore17% and Bulgaria10%.

Income
tax expense consisted of the following:

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Current income taxesRussia

$
(630
)
$
(915
)
$
(1,128
)Ukraine


(350
)

(127
)

2Romania


(1,250
)

(895
)

14USA


(290
)

(381
)

(437
)UK


(44
)

(130
)

(82
)Cyprus





(882
)

(419
)Germany


(22
)

(55
)

(83
)Poland





(60
)

(152
)Switzerland


(6
)

(25
)

(3,914
)Vietnam








(30
)Singapore


(19
)

(23
)

(17
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total current income tax expense

$
(2,611
)
$
(3,493
)
$
(6,246
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​




For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Deferred taxesRussia

$
(350
)
$
(133
)
$
606Romania


(249
)

211


208USA








795Ukraine








(407
)Cyprus





(230
)

50Switzerland








288​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total deferred tax benefit/(expense)


(599
)

(152
)

1,540​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total income tax expense

$
(3,210
)
$
(3,645
)
$
(4,706
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-26

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

12. Income taxes (Continued)

The
reconciliation between the income tax expenses reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and income before taxes applicable to the Group's income is provided
below:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Different tax rates of subsidiaries

$
(2,366
)
$
(2,866
)
$
(4,581
)Tax effect of non-deductible expenses at applicable tax rates


(838
)

(430
)

(365
)Accrued tax claims





(63
)

Tax on distribution of earnings of subsidiaries





(230
)

(109
)Benefit from a change in tax position








405Change in valuation allowance


(46
)




​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Other


40


(56
)

(56
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​$
(3,210
)
$
(3,645
)
$
(4,706
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


The
following table summarizes major components of the Group's deferred tax assets and liabilities:

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Deferred tax assetsAccrued operating (and interest) expenses

$
988

$
1,272

$
1,732Accounts receivable


6


1


Net operating loss / Tax loss carry forward


469


395


499Capital lease payable


135


38


Deferred revenue








39Contingent consideration





1843


1,332​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total deferred tax assets


1,598


3,549


3,602Valuation allowance


(469
)

(395
)

(395
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance


1,129


3,154


3,207​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Deferred tax liabilitiesAccounts receivable and revenue accruals


(437
)

(459
)

(95
)Inventory and deferred cost of revenue


(623
)

(575
)

(753
)Tax on undistributed earnings of susidiaries





(230
)

Property and equipment


(1,663
)

(1,843
)

(2,258
)Intangible assets


(1,635
)

(3,503
)

(1,885
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total deferred tax liabilities


(4,358
)

(6,610
)

(4,991
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net deferred tax asset, current





238


1,027Net deferred tax liability, current


(66
)

(230
)Net deferred tax liability, non-current


(3,163
)

(3,464
)

(2,811
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net deferred tax liabilities

$
(3,229
)
$
(3,456
)
$
(1,784
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-27

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

12. Income taxes (Continued)

For
financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance was recorded to reflect management's best estimate of the realization of deferred tax assets related to tax loss carry-forwards of
certain lossmaking subsidiaries of the Group. Valuation allowances are provided when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. These
evaluations are based on expectations of future taxable income and reversals of the various taxable temporary differences.

Income
before income tax expense is attributed to the geographic locations as follows:

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Domestic (British Virgin Islands)

$
23,801

$
23,836

$
10,666Foreign


15,517


17,346


45,270​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total income before tax expense

$
39,318

$
41,182

$
55,936​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Uncertain tax positions

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, were as follows:

Balance as at March 31, 2011

$
168Changes in balances related to tax positions taken during current periods


​
​
​
​
​Balance as at March 31, 2014

$
168​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​


The
resolution of the $168 charge as of March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 respectively, will not significantly affect the effective tax rate.

Although
the timing of resolution and/or closure of tax audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly
change in the next 12 months. However, the Group is unable to estimate the range of possible adjustments to the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.

13. Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information

Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information consisted of the following:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Supplemental disclosure of cash flow informationCash paid for income tax

$
2,790

$
3,337

$
3,375Cash paid for interest


2,227


1,382


1,326Acquisition of Horizon




$
5,682





F-28

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies

The Group leases office space from third parties, total rent expense incurred under operating leases is the following:

For the Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014$
12,158

$
14,309

$
17,523​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Minimal
lease payments under non-cancellable operating lease contracts are expected to be as follows:

Minimal lease
paymentsFor the year ended March 31, 2015


14,468For the year ended March 31, 2016


6,810For the year ended March 31, 2017


5,698For the year ended March 31, 2018


3,149For the year ended March 31, 2019


31​
​
​
​
​Total

$
30,156​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​


Legal proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Group may be party to various legal and tax proceedings, and subject to claims, certain of
which relate to the developing markets and evolving fiscal and regulatory environments in which the Group operates. In the opinion of management, the Group's liability, if any, in all pending
litigation, other legal proceedings or other matters will not have a material effect upon the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Group.

Operating environment of the Group

A significant portion of the Group's business operations relate to the Central and Eastern Europe ("CEE") countries. CEE includes
Poland, Romania, Russia and Ukraine. CEE countries continue economic reforms and development of their legal, tax and regulatory frameworks as required by a market economy.

The
future stability of the CEE countries' economies is largely dependent upon these reforms and developments and the effectiveness of economic, financial and monetary measures
undertaken by the governments.

The
global financial crisis has resulted in a decline in the gross domestic product, capital markets instability, significant deterioration of liquidity in the banking sector, and
tighter credit conditions within CEE countries. While the CEE governments have introduced a range of stabilization measures aimed at providing liquidity to banks and companies, there continues to be
uncertainty regarding the access to capital and cost of capital for the Group and its counterparties, which could affect the Group's financial position, results of operations and business prospects.

F-29

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

While
management believes it is taking appropriate measures to support the sustainability of the Group's business in the current circumstances, unexpected further deterioration in the
areas described above could negatively affect the Group's results and financial position in a manner not currently determinable.

Taxation

Russian, Ukrainian, Romanian and Polish taxes, currency and customs legislation is subject to varying interpretations, and changes,
which can occur frequently. Management's interpretation of such legislation as applied to the transactions and activity of the Group may be challenged by the relevant authorities. Recent events
especially within the Russian Federation, suggest
that the tax authorities are taking a more assertive position in its interpretation of the legislation and assessments and as a result, it is possible that transactions and activities that have not
been challenged in the past may be challenged. As such, significant additional taxes, penalties and interest may be assessed. It is not practical to determine the amount of unasserted claims that may
manifest, if any, or the likelihood of any unfavourable outcome. Fiscal periods remain open to review by the authorities in respect of taxes for three calendar years preceding the year of audit. Under
certain circumstances audits may cover longer periods. However, the tax regime in Russia has become even less predictable following recent cases.

The
new Russian transfer pricing legislation, which came into force on January 1, 2012, allows the Russian tax authority to apply transfer pricing adjustments and impose
additional profits tax liabilities in respect of all "controlled" transactions if the transaction price differs from the market level of prices. The list of "controlled" transactions includes
transactions performed with related parties and certain types of cross-border transactions. For domestic transactions the transfer pricing rules apply only if the amount of all transactions with the
related party exceeds RUR 2 billion in 2013. In cases where a domestic transaction resulted in an accrual of additional tax liabilities for one party, another party could correspondingly adjust
its profit tax liabilities according to a special notification issued by the authorized body in due course.

The
current Russian transfer pricing rules have considerably increased the compliance burden for the taxpayers compared to the transfer pricing rules that were in effect before 2012 due
to, inter alia, shifting the burden of proof from the Russian tax authorities to the taxpayers. These rules are applicable not only to the transactions taking place in 2012 but also to the prior
transactions with related parties if related income and expenses were recognized in 2012. Special transfer pricing rules apply to transactions with securities and derivatives.

In
2013 the Group determined its tax liabilities arising from "controlled" transactions using actual transaction prices. Due to the uncertainty and absence of current practice of
application of the current Russian transfer pricing legislation the Russian tax authorities may challenge the level of prices applied by the Group under the "controlled" transactions and accrue
additional tax liabilities unless the Group is able to demonstrate the use of market prices with respect to the "controlled" transactions, and that there has been proper reporting to the Russian tax
authorities, supported by appropriate available transfer pricing documentation.

F-30

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

The
Group structures some of its operations in offshore jurisdictions, which results in lower effective income tax rates and may lead to related material income and non-income tax risks.
In addition, the use of the independent contractors in Ukraine may also expose the Group to additional tax risks in manner not currently determinable.

Recent
legislative initiatives in the context of Russia's tax policies aimed at combating tax base erosion and profit shifting indicate that the level of potential risks associated with
the operating structure and ownership structure of groups of companies may grow in the foreseeable future.

The
initiatives include proposals to establish in law such international concepts and approaches as "taxation of controlled foreign companies", "tax residence of organizations" and
"actual recipient (owner) of income". There are measures to increase the level of co-operation with foreign tax authorities and information exchange regarding the application of international double
taxation treaties.

It
is also expected that tougher administrative and criminal sanctions will be introduced for illegal capital export, tax evasion, and so on. Particularly close attention will be paid to
the disclosure of companies' beneficiaries where there is access to State procurement orders, subsidies and other types of State support.

The
establishment of such measures in law will have a significant impact on the conduct of business in Russia and may in the future result in additional tax risks for existing holding
structures.

As
of March 31, 2014, management believes that its interpretation of the relevant legislation is appropriate and that the Group's tax positions will be sustained. However, due to
the above reasons, it is at least reasonably possible that relevant governmental authorities in CEE countries may attempt to assess additional income and non-income taxes, against the Group or certain
of its Subsidiaries. The extent of potential assessments and the ultimate success thereof are not currently estimable. Management will vigorously defend its positions if such claims are assessed.

The
Group's operations and financial position will continue to be affected by CEE countries' political developments, including the application and interpretation of existing and future
legislation and tax regulations in CEE countries. Such possible occurrences and their effect could have a severe impact on the Group's operations or its financial position.

Subsequent
to March 31, 2014, international rating agencies revised their outlook of Russia's sovereign credit rating in local and foreign currency from stable to negative
following the political instability in Ukraine and heightened geopolitical risk and the prospect of U.S. and EU economic sanctions following Russia's incorporation of Crimea, which may reduce the flow
of potential investment, trigger rising capital outflows and other negative economic effects. Furthermore, between January 1, 2014 and July 11, 2014, the Ukrainian Hryvnia devalued to
major foreign currencies by approximately 47% and the National Bank of Ukraine imposed certain restrictions on purchase of foreign currencies at the inter-bank market. Management is monitoring these
developments in the current environment and taking actions where appropriate. These and any further possible negative developments in Ukraine could adversely impact results and financial position of
the Group in a manner not currently determinable.

F-31

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

15. Segment information

ASC 280Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, established standards for reporting information about
operating segments in financial statements. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in business activities about which separate financial information is available that
is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The
Group's chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and
assessing performance of the Group. Consequently, the Group operates only in one operating segment.

Geographic area information

Revenues by geographical location are as follows, based on the location of the customers:

For the years ended
March 31,2013

2014USA

$
114,132

$
167,038UK


88,729


110,950Germany


40,306


49,648Russia


35,199


35,835Canada


17,947


11,919Poland


2,989


5,318Switzerland


3,825


7,057Ukraine


2,703


2,384Other


8,766


8,182​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total revenues by geographical location

$
314,596

$
398,331​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


Geographical
information about the Group's long-lived assets is based on physical location of the assets

For the years ended
March 31,2013

2014Russia

$
11,534

$
11,797Romania


25,322


24,069Ukraine


3,974


7,653USA


9,408


8,116Cyprus


6,144


5,326Switzerland





1,260Other


1,828


2,704​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
58,210

$
60,925​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-32

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

15. Segment information (Continued)

Client Information

Revenues from the transactions with external customers with individual turnover over 10% and over 5% of total revenues are the
following:

For the years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Revenues over 10% of total revenues


128,230


147,961


206,253Revenues over 5% of the total revenues


192,068


219,329


269,021


16. Share-based compensation

On March 25, 2010, the Board of Directors adopted a stock option plan (SOP I) for the employees and managers (hereinafter"participants") and granted 2,368,800
shares the Company to the participants. The options granted above vest as follows: 1,118,040on March 31, 2010; 170,660on March 31, 2011; 172,564on
March 31, 2012; 446,908on March 31, 2013, subject to service conditions and 460,628on March 31, 2013 subject to certain performance conditions, namely
revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of the Group for the year ended March 31, 2013. On June 15, 2012, the Company accelerated vesting of
116,956 options. On March 31, 2013, the Group issued all granted shares as performance conditions were met.

On
December 15, 2011, the Board of Directors adopted another stock option plan (SOP II) for the employees and managers (hereinafter"participants") and granted
585,032 shares of the Company to the participants. The options granted above vest as follows: 141,372on June 15, 2012; 151,508on June 15, 2013;
145,628on June 15, 2014, subject to service conditions and 146,524on June 15, 2014 subject to certain performance conditions, namely revenue and EBITDA of the
Group for the year ended March 31, 2014.

On
June 15, 2013, the Board of Directors adopted a stock option plan (SOP II+) for the two employees of Group and granted 18,900 shares of the Company to the participants. The
options granted above vest as follows: 6,748on June 15, 2013; 6,076on June 15, 2014, subject to service conditions and 6,076on June 15, 2014
subject to certain performance conditions, namely revenue and EBITDA of the Group for the year ended March 31, 2014.

On
June 15, 2012, the Company exchanged 84,700 options held by its US employees for the same number of restricted shares to its US employees subject to the same vesting and other
conditions. As of June 30, 2013, the number of restricted shares amounted to 58,464.

On
June 15, 2013, Luxoft Holding Inc issued new shares in the total amount of 116,788 pursuant to the SOP II and SOP II+, and 2,632 restricted shares to US participants.

On
December 31, 2013, 143,808 SOP II shares subject to certain performance conditions were cancelled. Total expenses reversed amounted to $1,695.

On
February 12, 2014, Luxoft Holding, Inc granted 5,883 restricted shares to US participant. The options granted above vest on June 15, 2014, subject to service condition.

F-33

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

16. Share-based compensation (Continued)

Since
the exercise price for our options is zero, the fair values of the grants were measured using fair values of shares reduced by the amount of present value of the expected dividends
during the expected option terms. The fair value of the options was measured at the dates of the respective grants based on the following assumptions:

March 25,
2010
grant

December 15,
2011
grant

June 15,
2013
grant

February 12,
2014
grantShare price, US$


4,57


15,25


18,82


37,79Expected dividend yield, %


3.4


1.9





Risk-free interest rate, %


4.49


5.3


3.10





The
amount of expenses for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 included in the accompanying statements of comprehensive income was as follows:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014SOP I

$
1,253

$
2,074

$
SOP II


993


3,386


1,418​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Total

$
2,246

$
5,460

$
1,418​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-34

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

16. Share-based compensation (Continued)

The
following table summarizes stock option activity for the Company:

SOP I

SOP II

Total

Weighted
average
grant date
fair value $

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term, days

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value, $Outstanding as of March 31, 2011


1,250,760





1,250,760


4.36


880


11,389Vested during the year ended March 31, 2011


170,660





170,660


4.43





1,554Vested and excercisable not yet issued to Luxoft SOP, at March 31, 2011


170,660





170,660





1,461


1,554Vested and exercisable issued to Luxoft SOP, at March 31, 2011


1,118,040





1,118,040





1,461


10,181Non-vested at March 31, 2011


1,080,100





1,080,100


4.36





9,836Issued to Luxoft SOP during year ended March 31, 2012


(337,316
)




(337,316
)







Granted during the year ended March 31, 2012





585,032


585,032


14.46





Forfeited during the year ended March 31, 2012


(30,380
)




(30,380
)

4.36





Outstanding at March 31, 2012


883,064


585,032


1,468,096


8.21


693


22,388Outstanding as of March 31, 2012


883,064


585,032


1,468,096


8.21


693


22,388Vested during the year ended March 31, 2012


166,656





166,656


4.25Vested and excercisable as of March 31, 2012


1,455,356





1,455,356





1,095


22,194Vested and exercisablenot yet issued to Luxoft SOP, at March 31, 2012


1,455,356





1,455,356





Nonvested as of March 31, 2012


883,064


585,032


1,468,096


8.21





22,388Issued to Luxoft SOP during the period


(883,064
)

(141,372
)

(1,024,436
)







Cancelled during the year





(6,468
)

(6,468
)

14.36





Outstanding at March 31, 2013





437,192


437,192


14.36


490


8,240Vested during the period


883,064


141,372


1,024,436


5.57





Exercised during the period


(364,420
)

(28,056
)

(392,476
)







Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2013


1,974,000


113,316


2,087,316





734


39,343Non-vested at March 31, 2013





437,192


437,192


14.36





8,240Issued to Luxoft SOP during the period





(143,024
)

(143,024
)







Granted during the period





24,783


24,783


23.32





Cancelled during the period





(147,504
)

(147,504
)

14.27





Forfeited during the period





(23,212
)

(23,212
)

14.38





Outstanding at March 31, 2014





148,235


148,235


15.95


76


5,199Vested during the period





146,720


146,720


14.57





5,145Exercised during the period


(1,974,000
)

(111,048
)

(2,085,048
)







Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2014





148,988


148,988





441


5,225Non-vested at March 31, 2014





148,235


148,235


15.95





5,199


The
total compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards is $3,999 at March 31, 2013 and $660 at March 31, 2014.

F-35

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

17. Earnings per share

Net income per common share for all periods presented has been determined in accordance with ASC 260,Earnings per Share, by dividing
income available to ordinary shareholders of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

The
vested rights to the Group's shares granted to employees under the stock option plans are considered participating securities since they have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or
dividend equivalents during the period from the vesting date to the date they are transferred to the participant from Luxoft SOP S.A. and thus require the two-class method of computing EPS.
When calculating diluted EPS, the numerator is computed by adding back the undistributed earnings allocated to the participating securities in arriving at the basic EPS and then reallocating such
undistributed earnings among the Company's ordinary shares, participating securities and the potential ordinary shares that result from the assumed exercise of all dilutive options. The denominator is
increased to include the number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding had the options been exercised.

Stock
splits are accounted for retrospectively assuming the number of shares for all periods presented.

The
rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the holders of the Groups' Class A and Class B ordinary shares are identical, except with respect to voting
and dividends in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes per
share and will be convertible at any time into one Class A ordinary share. As a result, the undistributed earnings for each year are allocated based on the
contractual participation rights of the Class A and Class B ordinary shares as if the earnings for the year had been distributed. As the liquidation and dividend rights are identical
(save for where dividends are paid in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares), the undistributed earnings are allocated on a proportionate basis. Further, as the Group assumes the conversion
of Class B common stock in the computation of the diluted net income per Class A ordinary share, the undistributed earnings are equal to net income for that computation. The computation
of the diluted net income per Class A ordinary share assumes the conversion of Class B ordinary shares, while the diluted net income per Class B ordinary share does not assume the
conversion of those shares.

F-36

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

17. Earnings per share (Continued)

The
following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

Years ended March 31,2012

2013

2014Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B(In thousands US dollars, except share amounts and EPS)Basic EPSNumeratorNet income attributable to the Group

$
504

$
35,666

$
991

$
36,546

$
8,921

$
42,309Less net income attributable to participating instruments





(4
)​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income from continuing operations available for ordinary shares

$
504

$
35,662

$
991

$
36,546

$
8,921

$
42,309Income (loss) from discontinued operations


1


79











​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the Group

$
505

$
35,741

$
991

$
36,546

$
8,921

$
42,309​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​DenominatorWeighted average number of ordinary shares


407,749


28,878,599


782,721


28,879,975


5,595,292


26,534,063Basic EPSNet income from continuing operations attributable to the Group


1.23


1.23


1.27


1.27


1.59


1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the Group

$
1.23

$
1.23

$
1.27

$
1.27

$
1.59

$
1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income from continuing operations attributable to the Group


504


35,666


991


36,546


8,921


42,309Realocation of net income as a result of conversion of Class B to Class A ordinary shares


35,666





36,546





42,309


​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income from continuing operations available for ordinary shares


36,170


35,666


37,537


36,546


51,230


42,309​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income (loss) from discontinued operations


1


79











Realocation of net income as a result of conversion of Class B to Class A ordinary shares


79














​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Income (loss) from discontinued operations available for ordinary shares


80


79​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Net income attributable to the Group

$
36,250

$
35,745

$
37,537

$
36,546

$
51,230

$
42,309​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​DenominatorConversion of Class B to Class A shares


28,878,599





28,879,975





26,534,063


Stock option plans


447,944


447,944


573,188


573,188


113,133


113,133​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding


29,734,292


29,326,543


30,235,884


29,453,163


32,242,488


26,647,196​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​Diluted net income attributable to the Group per share

$
1.22

$
1.22

$
1.24

$
1.24

$
1.59

$
1.59​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​
​


F-37

---



Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of US dollars, except share amounts)

18. Subsequent events

On June 30, 2014 the Group has acquired Mecel Populus Suite, a complete tool chain for designing, developing, and deploying user interfaces for distributed embedded systems, from
Mecel AB. As a result of this transaction the Group paid $1 million at closing and will pay the seller up to $2 million additionally subject to achieving certain performance conditions
during the course of the next three years.

F-38

---